Quarterlytics / Publishing / Future

Future

futr · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker futr
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Future
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
AR17

Future plc
Annual Report  
and Accounts
2017

F
u
t
u
r
e
p
c

l

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
1
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1

Future plc

Group overview

Future plc is an international media group, listed on the London 
Stock Exchange (symbol: FUTR). These highlights refer to the 
Group’s annual results for the year ended 30 September 2017.

Strategic Report

01  Group overview

02	 Chairman’s	statement

03	 Chief	Executive’s	review	

05	 Strategic	overview	

07	 What	we	do

09		 Risks	and	uncertainties

11	 Corporate	responsibility	

Financial Review

13	 Financial	review		

Corporate Governance

17	 Board	of	Directors	

19	 Directors’	report	

23	 Corporate	Governance	report	

29	 Directors’	remuneration	report

43	

Independent	auditors’	report	

Financial Statements

49	 Financial	statements		

87	 Notice	of	Annual	General	Meeting	

92	

Investor	information		

Continuing Revenue

Net Debt

£84.4m    

2016: £59.0m

£(10.0)m  

2016: Net cash £0.5m

Continuing Adjusted EBITDA

Continuing Exceptional items 

£11.0m    

2016: £5.2m

£(3.7)m   

2016: £(16.5)m

Continuing Adjusted Operating Profit

Continuing Profit Before Tax 

£8.9m      

2016: £2.8m

£0.2m    

2016: Loss £(14.9)m

Continuing Digital Advertising  

Unique Users  

76%      

of total continuing advertising 
revenues (2016: 78%)

53.3m

a month (Q4 up 18% on Q3)

Continuing Recurring Revenues  

£23.0m      

2016: £15.0m

-	Adjusted	EBITDA	
represents	earnings	
before	share	based	
payments	and	related	
social	security	costs,	
interest,	tax,	depreciation,	
amortisation,	impairment,	
and	exceptional	items.

-	Recurring	revenues	
encompass	eCommerce	
and	subscriptions.

-	Exceptional	items	for	
2016	above	includes	
impairment	of	intangible	
assets	of	£13.0m.

-	Adjusted	operating	
profit	represents	adjusted	
EBITDA	less	depreciation	
and	amortisation	of	
acquired	intangibles.	

	
 
	
Chairman’s 
statement

2

A global specialist media platform 
with diversified revenue streams

I	am	pleased	to	report	that	the	Group	has	had	an	outstanding	
year	and	the	business	has	gained	strong	momentum.	Over	
the	past	year,	the	Group	has	made	material	progress	in	
expanding	the	business.	There	has	been	significant	growth,	
both	organically	and	through	acquisition,	which	has	resulted	in	
a	fantastic	set	of	results.	

“   The	Group’s	focus	on	

its	strategy	has	
produced	clear	
momentum,	with	strong	
progress	in	both	
revenue	diversification	
and	development	of	 

the	platform.”

Peter Allen 
Chairman

The	Group’s	full	year	results	are	extremely	
positive,	with	year-on-year	growth	in	revenue	
of	43%	and	exceptional	growth	in	adjusted	
operating	profit	of	218%.	In	addition	there	 
has	been	strong	cash	conversion	 
throughout	the	year.	

Last	year	the	Group	launched	its	strategy	
to	be	a	global	specialist	media	platform	
business	with	diversified	revenue	streams.	
This	year	has	produced	clear	momentum	on	
this	strategy,	with	strong	progress	in	both	
revenue	diversification	and	development	of	
the	platform.

Both	Media	and	Magazine	divisions	are	
performing	well	with	fast	revenue	growth	
in	Media	revenue	streams,	particularly	in	
eCommerce	and	events,	and	significant	
added	scale	and	operational	efficiencies	in	
the	Magazine	division	from	acquisitions.

The	Group	has	made	a	number	of	acquisitions	
during	the	year,	having	completed	the	
acquisition	of	Imagine	Publishing	in	October	
2016,	acquired	Team	Rock	at	the	beginning	
of	2017	and	acquired	the	home	interest	
division	of	Centaur	Media	in	August	2017.	The	
integration	of	home	interest	is	well	on	track.

The	Board	and	I	were	shocked	by	the	
tragic	news	that	Manjit	Wolstenholme,	the	
Group’s	senior	independent	non-executive	
Director	and	Chairman	of	the	Audit	and	
Remuneration	Committees,	passed	away	
suddenly	on	23	November	2017.	Manjit	
was	a	tower	of	strength	and	support	to	me	
and	my	colleagues,	both	personally	and	
professionally,	for	many	years	and	she	will	be	
sadly	missed.

I	will	be	stepping	down	from	the	Future	Board	
on	1	February	2018.	I	have	been	Chairman	

of	Future	for	over	six	years.	During	that	time	
the	Company	has	had	to	confront	a	hugely	
challenging	market	place	and	has	now	
come	through	as	a	significantly	changed	
business,	well	positioned	to	offer	value	
growth	to	shareholders.	With	the	acquisitions	
over	the	last	18	months	and	the	executive	
management	leadership,	the	Company	is	
entering	a	new	phase.	I	believe	the	time	
has	come	for	a	new	Chairman	to	take	over,	
to	ensure	stability	and	continuity	during	this	
exciting	next	phase.	I	have	every	confidence	
that	Future	will	prosper	in	the	coming	years.

After	a	rigorous	search	for	my	successor,	and	
on	the	recommendation	of	the	Nomination	
Committee,	the	Board	has	appointed	Richard	
Huntingford	as	my	replacement.	Richard	
brings	extensive	media	industry	and	public	
company	experience	from	his	CEO	role	
at	Chrysalis	plc	and	his	Chairman	roles	at	
Virgin	Radio,	Wireless	Group	plc	(formerly	
UTV	Media	plc)	and	Creston	plc.	Richard	will	
initially	serve	as	acting	Chairman	of	the	Audit	
and	Remuneration	Committees	and	will	take	
over	from	me	as	Chairman	of	the	Board	on	1	
February.

The	hard	work	and	professionalism	of	Future’s	
employees	has	been	the	driver	behind	the	
amazing	results	this	year.	On	behalf	of	the	
Board,	I	would	like	to	thank	everyone	for	their	
commitment	this	year.

Peter Allen 
Chairman

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Strategic Report 
 
3

Chief 
Executive’s 
review

“   We	have	delivered	

significant	growth	in	both	
operating	profitability	and	
cash	conversion,	driven	by	
strong	revenue	growth	in	
eCommerce	and	events.	
The	three	acquisitions	we	
have	made	this	financial	year	
have	further	strengthened	
and	diversified	our	revenue	

streams.”
  Zillah Byng-Thorne

Chief	Executive

Strategic report

Future	is	a	global	platform	for	specialist	media	with	scalable,	
diversified	brands.	We	have	made	significant	progress	against	our	
strategic	objectives	this	year	and	have	delivered	some	strong	results,	
with	revenue	growth	of	43%	year-on-year	and	adjusted	operating	
profit	growth	of	218%	year-on-year.	The	acquisitions	we	have	made	
this	year	have	added	significant	scale	and	operational	efficiencies.		

Future	has	delivered	another	year	of	growth,	
with	revenue	up	43%	year-on-year	to	£84.4m	
(2016:	£59.0m),	driven	by	organic	growth	of	
8%	and	acquisitions,	adjusted	EBITDA	up	
112%	year-on-year	to	£11.0m	(2016:	£5.2m),	
with	adjusted	EPS	up	144%.	In	addition,	
adjusted	free	cash	flows	totalled	£15.3m	
(2016:	£4.6m)	and	reported	EPS	increased	to	
4.3p	(2016:	loss	of	59.6p).	

The	Group	has	delivered	growth	in	both	
operating	profitability	and	cash	generation,	
driven	by	strong	revenue	growth	in	
eCommerce,	digital	advertising	and	events.

Future	has	seen	clear	benefits	in	operational	
gearing	from	the	investment	in	central	
functions	and	technology	infrastructure,	
evident	in	the	significant	improvement	in	
adjusted	EBITDA	margin	to	13%	(2016:	9%).	
The	investment	has	also	allowed	a	number	of	
new	brand	launches	to	be	delivered	quickly	
with	minimal	incremental	investment	cost.

The	Media	division	is	performing	well	with	fast	
revenue	growth	in	all	areas;	eCommerce	
revenue	has	more	than	doubled	year-on-year,	
while	events	have	grown	58%	year-on-year.	In	
addition,	digital	display	advertising	revenue	
has	increased	by	21%	year-on-year	as	a	result	
of	valuing	the	quality	of	our	audience,	
combined	with	the	investment	we	have	made	
in	a	technology	stack	that	capitalises	on	the	
growth	in	programmatic	advertising	while	
maximising	digital	yields.

The	Magazine	division	has	benefited	from	
added	scale	and	operational	efficiencies	
through	the	acquisitions	of	Imagine	
Publishing,	Team	Rock	and	the	home	 
interest	portfolio.

The	growth	in	revenues	and	operating	
profitability	and	resulting	strong	cash	
conversion	in	the	period	led	to	year-end	net	
debt	of	less	than	1x	adjusted	EBITDA.

In	light	of	the	continued	focus	on	debt	
reduction,	confidence	in	the	Group’s	growth	
strategy	and	the	continued	development	of	the	
business	leading	to	more	consistent	cash	
flows	and	diversified	revenue	streams,	the	
Board	is	now	in	a	position	to	consider	
returning	to	paying	a	dividend	to	
shareholders,	whilst	maintaining	 
sufficient	resources	to	continue	investing	 
in	the	business.

Global platform business for  
specialist media

In	2016	Future	outlined	its	strategy	of	
becoming	a	global	platform	business	for	
specialist	media	with	diversified	revenue	
streams.	Clear	momentum	on	this	strategy	
gained	throughout	the	year	is	reflected	in	the	
Group’s	financial	performance.	

The	Group	continues	to	diversify	its	revenue	
streams;	eCommerce	revenues	continue	to	

Future plc 
	
4

We	reach	53.3m	users	
through	our	websites

75.6k	people	attend	 
our	events

We	sell	960k	
magazines	and	
bookazines	 
per	month

increase	in	our	market	share,	particularly	 
in	technology.

Acquisitions

Future	has	made	three	acquisitions	this	year,	
in	line	with	the	Group’s	strategy	to	expand	
global	reach	through	acquisitions.	These	
acquisitions	have	added	significant	scale	to	
the	business	and	we	have	benefited	from	the	
resulting	operational	efficiencies.	

The	acquisitions	have	further	diversified	
revenue	streams	by	adding	new	verticals	
including	knowledge,	music	listening	and	
home	interest.

Current trading and outlook

Trading	in	the	current	financial	year	has	started	
well	and,	at	this	early	stage,	is	performing	in	
line	with	the	Board’s	expectations.	

The	integrations	of	both	Imagine	and	Team	
Rock	have	been	completed	with	synergies	
delivered	in	line	with	expectations	and	both	are	
trading	in	line	with	expectations.

The	integration	of	the	home	interest	portfolio,	
acquired	in	early	August,	is	progressing	well	
and	is	expected	to	be	fully	completed	by	the	
end	of	this	calendar	year,	with	the	launch	of	
Realhomes.com	in	November	2017	a	key	part	
of	the	acquisition	strategy.

Zillah Byng-Thorne
Chief	Executive

We	have	31m	social	
media	followers

grow	well	organically	and	growth	in	events	
has	been	bolstered	by	the	acquisitions	of	
Team	Rock	and	the	home	interest	portfolio.	
With	the	introduction	of	a	new	content	
vertical	through	the	home	interest	acquisition,	
audience	diversification	has	increased	to	
seven	audience	communities.

Investment	in	digital	assets	and	the	continued	
tight	management	of	costs	has	increased	
operating	margins	and	helped	deliver	on	 
this	strategy.

Loyal communities

Future	attracts	a	large	passionate	audience	
across	online,	events	and	print	of	85	million;	
the	Group’s	influential	and	market-leading	
brands	offer	our	audiences	the	opportunity	to	
do	the	things	they	love,	through	an	exciting	
combination	of	experiences,	unique	content	
and	eCommerce	offerings.

Future	is	focused	on	meeting	its	audience’s	
needs	with	specialised	and	high-quality	
content	and	experiences.	This	connection	
can	occur	wherever	the	audience	is,	with	
strong	engagement	with	users	through	a	large	
social	media	reach	of	31	million	followers	
across	Facebook,	Twitter	and	YouTube	and	
generating	seven	million	sessions	to	the	
digital	properties	from	social	media.	

High	engagement	was	evident	at	The	PC	
Gaming	Show	at	E3	in	June,	which	was	
watched	live	on	specialist	gaming	channel	
Twitch	by	an	audience	of	industry-leading	
scale,	with	over	two	million	unique	viewers	
and	630,000	concurrent	video	viewers	across	
all	platforms.

The	brands	are	market-leading	and	have	seen	
significant	audience	growth	of	18%	year-
on-year,	reaching	53.3	million	online	users.	
In	the	US,	the	10%	year-on-year	growth	in	
online	users	to	20.4	million	has	resulted	in	an	

Key	details	of	the	acquisitions	we	have	made	in	2017	are	included	below:

Acquisition

Revenue*

Imagine	Publishing

£16.4m

Team	Rock

Centaur	Media’s	home	
interest	division**

£2.8m

£12.8m

*Revenue	figures	obtained	from	most	recent	annual	financial	information	or,	in	the	case	of	Centaur	Media’s	home	interest	division,	
financial	information	relating	to	the	acquired	assets
**	Centaur	Media’s	home	interest	division	comprised	Ascent	Publishing	Ltd	and	Centaur	Consumer	Exhibitions	Ltd

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Strategic Report 
 
 
 
5

Strategic 
overview

A global platform 
for specialist media

At	Future,	we	pride	ourselves	on	the	heritage	of	our	brands	and	
loyalty	of	our	communities.	Offering	core	expertise,	we	help	
dedicated	enthusiasts	follow	their	passion	through	high-quality	
content,	unique	experiences	and	innovative	technology.	 

Our brands

Future	today	boasts	a	portfolio	of	over	120	
brands	across	online,	magazines	and	events.	
Our	specialist	media	brands	cover	a	broad	
range	of	sectors	enabling	the	Group	to	mitigate	
risk	and	lessen	its	cyclical	exposure	to	any	one	
vertical.

Our	events	connect	our	communities	through	
meaningful	experiences;	small	and	intimate	to	
truly	national	events.	We	now	have	24	annual	
events	across	two	countries,	10	of	which	we	
acquired	this	year.

We	have	also	seen	strong	organic	revenue	
growth	from	our	core	global	super	brands	–	
TechRadar	revenue	is	up	37%	year-on-year,	
PCGamer.com	revenue	is	up	52%	year-on-year,	
GamesRadar	revenue	is	up	33%	year-on-year	
and	T3.com	revenue	is	up	88%	year-on-year.

Our	brands	continue	to	be	market	leaders,	
holding	the	number	one	market	positions	in	
the	UK	in	online	consumer	technology,	online	
creative	&	design	and	the	global	number	one	
position	in	PC	gaming.

In	addition	we	are	capitalising	on	emerging	
opportunities	through	bookazines,	which	is	
a	low	cost	innovation	model,	with	over	430	
bookazines	produced	in	the	year	totalling	
revenue	of	£10.1m.

Data-led innovation through content 
and technology

Our	global	platform	business	enables	us	to	
facilitate	and	accelerate	growth	opportunities	
and	unlock	significant	new	sources	of	revenue.

This	year	we	have	seen	strong	organic	growth,	
particularly	from	eCommerce	and	events.	This	
has	been	driven	by	a	number	of	new	initiatives,	
including	new	content	genres	within	the	current	
brands	such	as	broadband	or	T3	Home	and	
using	data	to	optimise	conversion	rates.

Following	the	successful	test	launch	of	T3	
Baby	during	the	course	of	2017,	we	have	
launched	a	number	of	new	sites	including	
DigitalCameraWorld	and	TheRadar.	Launched	
in	October	2017,	TheRadar	is	an	eCommerce-
led	website	aimed	at	allowing	users	to	find,	
review	and	buy	products	across	a	number	of	
categories	including	tech,	homeware	 
and	beauty.	

Following	the	recent	acquisition	of	the	home	
interest	portfolio	we	launched	 
Realhomes.com	during	November	2017,	a	home	
interiors	website	accompanied	by	buying	guides	
to	take	advantage	of	current	trends	in	our	
audience’s	online	search	and	purchase	intent.

Our strategy

Our highly-engaged audience

Last	year	we	launched	our	strategy	which	
is	focused	on	becoming	a	global	platform	
business	with	scalable,	diversified	brands.	
Building	a	platform	business	allows	us	to	unlock	
and	create	significant	new	revenue	streams,	
expanding	our	brands	and	reaching	our	
audience	in	different	ways.	

This	year	we	have	clear	momentum	on	this	
strategy	with	strong	progress	in	both	revenue	
diversification	and	development	of	the	platform.	
We	have	achieved	this	through	organic	growth,	
acquisitions	and	strategic	partnerships	which	
have	also	expanded	our	global	reach.

The	investment	we	have	made	over	the	last	
couple	of	years	has	created	an	infrastructure	
that	we	can	scale	and	that	is	underpinned	by		
market-leading	global	brands	in	diversified	
verticals.	We	have	scalable	technology	which	
we	combine	with	data	insight	to	support	organic	
growth.

We	continue	to	innovate	with	our	magazine	
brands,	with	re-launches	of	Airgun	Shooter	
and	Total	Guitar	in	2017	and	T3	magazine	in	
the	current	financial	year.	We	have	focused	
on	growing	our	online	and	print	subscriptions	
and	clubs	in	order	to	drive	recurring	revenue	
streams	and	further	engage	with	our	passionate	
audiences.

We	are	proud	of	our	purpose	which	is	simple;	
changing	people’s	lives	through	sharing	our	
knowledge	and	expertise	with	others	to	make	
it	easier	and	more	fun	for	them	to	do	what	they	
want.	Our	audience	is	key	to	everything	we	do;	
we	understand	the	importance	and	value	of	our	
highly	engaged	audience	and	our	content	and	
experiences	are	specifically	tailored	to	these	
communities.	

Reaching	a	global	audience	of	85	million	
through	our	websites,	events,	social	media	
and	magazines,	we	continue	to	create	loyal	
communities	by	giving	them	a	place	they	want	
to	spend	their	time	and	where	they	go	to	meet	
their	needs.

We	are	focused	on	enhancing	and	building	
the	recurring	revenue	streams	of	online	and	
print	subscriptions	and	memberships,	such	as	
Team	Rock+,	PC	Gamer	Club	and	photography	
premium	subscriptions.	Membership	gives	
users	access	to	exclusive	member	content	and	
offers.	Across	our	online	and	print	products	we	
have	over	500,000	subscribers,	up	26%	year-
on-year.

Future plc6

By	scaling	investment	in	our	platform	business	
coupled	with	our	leading	content,	we	are	
expanding	our	global	reach	through	digital	and	
print	licensing.	These	strategic	partnerships	
leverage	our	unique	platform	proposition	by	
offering	high-margin	licensing	and	franchising	
of	key	brands.	We	have	signed	a	total	of	10	new	
licensing	partners	this	year	including	Panini	in	
Spain,	Beijing	Muchuan	Culture	Development	in	
China	and	Tbreak	in	the	Middle	East.	

The	digital	licensing	opportunities	that	we	
offer	enable	global	partners	to	optimise	their	
local	offering	by	accessing	trusted	brands	and	
authoritative	content,	and	leveraging	a	unique	
commercial	model	developed	by	Future.	Two	
of	the	10	licensing	partners	signed	this	year,	
one	in	India	and	the	other	in	the	Middle	East,	
are	strategic	in	nature,	where	our	partner	is	
licensing	our	digital	content	and	 
technology	platform.

Acquisitions

Our	investments	this	year	in	our	platform	and	
data-led	decision	making	tools	underpin	our	
buy	and	build	strategy,	as	we	create	additional	
diversified	revenue	streams	for	these	acquired	
brands	to	generate	further	organic	growth.

In	October	2016,	we	completed	the	acquisition	
of	Imagine	Publishing,	the	integration	of	which	
is	now	complete.	The	acquisition	of	Imagine	has	
resulted	in	significant	cost	synergies	and	cash	
generation.	It	has	also	added	significant	scale	to	
our	Magazine	division	and	introduced	another	
vertical,	knowledge,	to	our	portfolio.	The	
knowledge	vertical	provides	specialist	content	
on	science,	history,	wildlife	and	crime.

In	January	2017,	Future	acquired	Team	Rock,	a	
portfolio	of	music	listening	magazines,	website	
and	events.	The	new	music	listening	vertical	

complements	our	existing	music	making	assets	
as	well	as	expanding	our	events	portfolio.	The	
acquisition	of	Team	Rock	brings	scalable	
brands	with	a	loyal	fan	base.

In	August	2017,	we	acquired	the	home	interest	
division	from	Centaur	Media.	The	acquisition	
has	significantly	enhanced	the	scale	of	our	
events	business,	with	the	addition	of	market-
leading,	national	home	interest	shows,	and	has	
presented	us	with	growth	opportunities	across	
our	platform	business	with	the	launch	of	a	new	
digital	brand	to	maximise	digital	advertising	and	
eCommerce	opportunities.

These	acquisitions	have	allowed	us	to	expand	
our	events	profiles,	whilst	strengthening	the	
Magazine	division	and	continuing	to	provide	
synergistic	benefits.	

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Strategic Report7

What we do

Our divisions

Future	plc	is	an	international	media	business	organised	into	two	
divisions,	Media	and	Magazine.

Our	gaming	magazines	and	bookazines	are	 
a	leading	authority	on	all	types	of	video	 
gaming,	including	our	official	PlayStation	 
and	Xbox	titles.

Future’s	technology	titles	cover	all	aspects	of	
consumer	technology	from	the	very	best	tech	
products	in	T3	magazine	to	specialist	areas	
covered	by	MacFormat	and	Linux	Format.	

Our	film	and	TV	titles,	Total	Film	and	SFX,	
take	a	passionate	and	authoritative	look	at	
every	part	of	the	film	and	TV	world,	from	all	
the	latest	blockbusters,	comic	books	and	sci-fi	
extravaganzas	to	the	very	best	Oscar	baiters,	
arthouse	masterpieces,	hidden	gems	and	
festival	hits.

Future	is	the	UK’s	leading	publisher	of	
photography	magazines.	Our	portfolio	of	
specialised	photography	brands	allows	leading	
brands	to	access	and	to	simultaneously	
engage	valuable	in-market	consumers.

Our	music	portfolio	is	the	UK’s	leading	and	
most	influential	music	network	reaching	
passionate	consumers	through	the	world’s	
favourite	music	making	brands.

Our	extensive	creative	and	design	portfolio	is	
market-leading,	providing	creative	inspiration	
for	the	global	design	community.

Media

The	Media	division	focuses	on	being	at	
the	forefront	of	digital	innovation	with	
three	complementary	revenue	streams:	
eCommerce,	events	and	digital	advertising.	
It	operates	in	a	number	of	sectors,	including	
the	growing	technology	and	games	markets,	
and	has	a	number	of	leading	brands,	including	
TechRadar,	PC	Gamer,	GamesRadar+,	The	
Photography	Show,	Generate	and	Golden	
Joysticks.

Our	flagship	technology	website,	TechRadar,	
is	the	UK’s	largest	consumer	technology	
website	and	a	leading	authority	on	products.	
Our	technology	brands	combined	reach	over	
30	million	users	as	well	as	a	huge	reach	of	
4.3	million	across	social	media.	

Leveraging	data	and	SEO	expertise																								
means	that	we	can	provide	content	and	
eCommerce	functionality	suited	to	our	
audience’s	needs.	

In	October	2017	we	launched	TheRadar,	
an	eCommerce-led	technology	content	
website	aimed	at	allowing	users	to	find,	review	
and	buy	products.	In	November	2017	we	
launched	Realhomes.com,	a	home	interiors	
and	home	building	website.	

Our	gaming	portfolio	is	the	voice	of	authority	
for	gamers	across	the	globe,	guiding	players	
and	influencing	culture	for	over	30	years.	Our	
two	core	gaming	brands	are	GamesRadar+	
and	PC	Gamer.	The	portfolio	covers	the	
games,	films	and	TV	our	media	audience	love	
and	has	an	engaged	social	media	audience	of	
23.8	million	and	reached	18.5	million	monthly	
users	this	year,	its	largest	ever	month.	

PC	Gamer	is	the	biggest	PC	gaming	brand	in	
the	world,	including	two	successful	events,	
The	PC	Gaming	Show	and	PC	Gamer	
Weekender.	In	June	2017	The	PC	Gaming	
Show	was	watched	by	630,000	concurrent	
viewers	harnessing	our	video	expertise	for	
multi-channel	for	clients	and	live	streaming.	

One	of	our	core	photography	brands	is	The	
Photography	Show,	which	is	the	UK’s	largest	
live	photography	exhibition.	The	award-
winning	show	took	place	again	in	March	and	
attracted	32,000	visitors.

In	July	we	launched	DigitalCameraWorld,	
a	global	photography	website	dedicated	
to	helping	photographers	of	all	skill	levels	
improve	their	images,	buy	the	best	gear	and	
get	inspired	by	other	photographers.

Our	creative	and	design	website,	
CreativeBloq,	is	the	number	one	creative	and	
design	content	website	in	the	UK	and	the	US,	
reaching	an	audience	of	over	2.9	million.	We	
also	host	the	Generate	conferences,	the	event	
for	web	designers	and	developers,	which	take	
place	in	London	and	New	York.

The	acquisitions	made	this	year	have	added	
a	number	of	new	events	to	our	portfolio,	
including	the	national	Homebuilding	&	
Renovating	Show,	as	well	as	a	number	of	
music	events	from	Team	Rock,	including	
Metal	Hammer	Golden	Gods.

Magazine

The	Magazine	division	creates	specialist	
magazines	and	bookazines,	with	60	
magazines	and	over	430	bookazines	published	
a	year,	with	a	total	global	circulation	of	over	
one	million.	The	Magazine	portfolio	spans	
technology,	games	and	entertainment,	
music,	creative	and	photography,	field	sports,	
knowledge	and	home	interest	verticals.	Its	
titles	include	T3,	Total	Film,	How	It	Works,	
Edge	and	All	About	History.

We	are	one	of	the	largest	specialist	magazine	
and	bookazine	publishers	in	the	UK,	a	position	
that	has	been	strengthened	by	the	Imagine	
Publishing,	Team	Rock	and	home	interest	
acquisitions	this	year.	The	acquisitions	also	
introduced	the	new	verticals	of	knowledge,	
music	listening	and	home	interest.	

Future plcBusiness 
review

8

Brands

Technology brands
TechRadar
T3
TheRadar
Gizmodo	UK
Lifehacker	UK
ITProPortal
Mobile	Industry	Awards
MacFormat
Maximum	PC
Linux	Format
MacLife

Games & entertainment brands
GamesRadar+
PC	Gamer
Kotaku	UK
Golden	Joysticks
Official	PlayStation
SFX
Total	Film
Official	Xbox
GamesTM
Edge

Creative & photography brands
CreativeBloq
DigitalCameraWorld
The	Photography	Show
Generate	conferences
Digital	Camera
N-Photo
PhotoPlus
Digital	Photographer
Computer	Arts
Net
ImagineFX
Photoshop	Creative

Field sports brands
Airgun	Shooter
Sporting	Rifle
Bow	International
Clay	Shooting

Knowledge brands
How	It	Works
All	About	History
History	of	War
World	of	Animals
All	About	Space

Music brands
MusicRadar
TeamRock
The	London	Acoustic	Show
The	London	Drum	Show
Metal	Hammer	Golden	Gods	Awards
Progressive	Music	Awards
Classic	Rock
Metal	Hammer
Prog
Guitarist
Total	Guitar
Guitar	Techniques
Rhythm
Computer	Music
Bass	Guitar	Magazine

Home interest brands
Homebuilding	&	Renovating
Homebuilding	&	Renovating	Show
Real	Homes
Period	Living

Business review

Key Performance Indicators

The	key	performance	indicators	are	presented	on	a	continuing	basis.

Corporate KPIs

Adjusted	EBITDA	(£m):

Adjusted	operating	profit	(£m):

Media Division KPIs

Number	of	users	visiting	our	websites	(monthly)

Number	of	event	attendees	(thousands)

Number	of	eCommerce	transactions	(thousands)

Magazine Division KPIs

Number	of	copies	sold	per	month	(thousands)
Subscriber	base	(thousands)
Copies	sold	as	a	percentage	of	copies	printed	 
(including	subscriptions)

2017

2016

11.0

8.9

5.2

2.8

53.3m 45.2m

75.6

38.3

1,982

1,128

961
461

40%

739
399

45%

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Strategic Report9

Risks and 
uncertainties

Risk management

Risks and uncertainties

Like	all	businesses,	our	business	faces	risks	and	uncertainties	
that	could	impact	the	Group’s	achievement	of	its	objectives.	
Risk	is	accepted	as	being	a	part	of	operating	any	business	
and	we	have	therefore	established	a	continuous	process	of	
identifying,	evaluating	and	managing	risk.	

Risks

Description

Mitigation

Operating environment

Intellectual property

The	structural	change	in	our	operating	environment	and	the	pace	of	the	transition	from	print	
remain	a	real	risk.	There	is	a	risk	that	print	circulation	volumes	and	print	advertising	revenues	
decline	at	a	faster	rate	than	anticipated	and	digital	revenues	do	not	grow	at	a	rate	to	offset	
the	decline.

Future	uses,	and	grants	licences	to	its	licensees	allowing	them	to	use,	various	types	of	third-
party	content	including	music,	audiovisual	material,	photos,	images	and	text.	As	a	publisher,	
Future	is	responsible	for	any	intellectual	property	or	other	infringement	relating	to	the	same	and	
as	licensor,	Future	is	responsible	to	its	licensees.

Future	continues	to	innovate,	making	available	its	special-interest	content	to	consumers	in	a	number	

of	formats,	in	print,	online	and	at	events.	The	diversification	of	revenues	helps	protect	against	rapid	

changes	in	operating	enviroment.	We	create	best-in-class	content	to	create	an	emotional	connection	with	

our	audiences	of	engaged	enthusiasts,	who	represent	an	attractive	audience	for	advertisers.	We	have	

become	an	integral	part	of	the	purchase	cycle	which	can	be	monetised	via	eCommerce.

Future	produces	guidance	and	in-house	training	to	educate	its	staff	on	the	importance	of	obtaining	

appropriate	rights	or	licences	and	has	a	dedicated	in-house	rights	management	team.	Future’s	legal	team	

reviews	all	significant	licences	relating	to	third-party	content	and,	where	appropriate,	seeks	warranties	

and	indemnities	relating	to	the	same.	Future	licenses	content	to	third	parties	based	on	standard	contracts	

which	seek	to	limit	Future’s	liability.		

Financial

The	long	lag	time	for	reporting	on	sales	of	exported	printed	copies	continues	to	be	an	area	of	
forecasting	uncertainty.	

On	printed	products,	in	particular	bookazines,	a	more	conservative	initial	view	on	sales	estimates	

continues,	with	emerging	trends	becoming	more	apparent.

Forecasting	remains	difficult	in	all	consumer	markets.	As	we	diversify	our	revenue	streams,	new	
activities	are	inherently	more	difficult	to	forecast	accurately.	

Future’s	forecasting	in	respect	of	innovative	products	will	become	easier	as	those	products	develop	a	

more	consistent	customer	base	and	stable	business	model.	

Advertising	pipelines	can	be	subject	to	slippage,	with	the	risk	that	resulting	revenue	is	pushed	
into	later	accounting	periods.

Future	has	available	bank	facilities	totalling	£25.4m	at	30	September	2017.		Failure	to	comply	
with	the	financial	covenants	of	these	facilities	could	result	in	additional	finance	costs	and	the	
possible	withdrawal	of	the	facilities.

The	significant	issues	considered	in	relation	to	the	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017	are	set	out	in	the	Audit	Committee	section	of	the	Corporate	Governance	
report	on	pages	26	to	28.	

IT

The	business	is	increasingly	dependent	on	technology.

In	the	event	of	a	total	network	or	server	failure,	or	data	loss,	there	would	be	a	major	impact	on	the	
production	of	magazines,	operation	of	websites	and	the	operational	effectiveness	of	the	business.

Careful	monitoring	of	the	advertising	pipeline	and	bookings	to	close	the	gap	in	the	event	of	any	shortfall.

Future	continually	monitors	its	cash	flows	and	covenants	and	has	operated	within	all	its	covenants	

throughout	the	year.	The	Group	negotiated	increased	facilities	(up	from	£5.0m	in	2016)	following	the	

acquisitions	of	Imagine	and	the	home	interest	division	which	expire	in	June	2021.	There	is	currently	

significant	headroom	on	these	facilities.	See	note	18	to	the	financial	statements	for	more	detail.

Review	by	Audit	Committee	with	external	auditors.

Future’s	network	has	at	least	two	diverse	routes	for	all	key	offices	and	business-critical	data	is	held	on	

three	highly	resilient	storage	devices	in	different	locations.	In	addition,	all	core	switches	are	duplicated	in	

different	buildings	so	there	are	no	single	points	of	failure.	Servers	are	distributed	across	two	main	data	

centre	locations	and	several	controlled	server	rooms	in	different	buildings	in	Bath	and	San	Francisco.	

Future	can	switch	services	from	one	server	to	another	within	a	few	hours.	In	addition,	all	mission-critical	

services	have	more	than	one	server	so	there	is	no	single	point	of	failure.	Further	investment	in	the	IT	

infrastructure	has	been	made	in	2017	and	more	is	already	underway	in	2018.

Staff

Personal data 
and cyber fraud

The	Group’s	strong	reputation	as	a	leading	content	provider	makes	its	staff	potentially	attractive	
to	competitors.	There	is	a	risk	that	key	staff	will	move	elsewhere	if	offered	significant	increases	
in	remuneration	with	which	Future	is	unable	to	compete.

Future	employs	people	who	are	passionate	about	their	subject.	Future	offers	a	number	of	staff	benefits	

and	incentive	programmes	to	attract	and	retain	key	staff,	and	steps	are	taken	to	ensure	that	the	Group	is	

not	excessively	reliant	upon	any	one	employee.

A	loss	of	personal	data	or	a	cyber	attack	would	trigger	the	need	to	notify	users	and	the	
Information	Commissioner’s	Office	(ICO)	and	Future	may	suffer	reputational	risk,	as	well	as	a	
significant	financial	penalty,	if	it	is	responsible	for	the	breach.

Future	seeks	to	ensure	all	of	its	systems	comply	with	best	practice	as	regards	to	security	and	has	in	place	

a	plan	to	mitigate	the	effects	of	any	hack.	The	Group	is	continually	investing	and	upgrading	its	IT	systems	

and	processes	to	ensure	that	they	are	sufficiently	robust	and	appropriate	for	the	digital	age.

The	General	Data	Protection	Regulation	(GDPR)	comes	into	force	in	May	2018.	GDPR	extends	
the	scope	of	EU	data	protection	law	by	giving	data	subjects	additional	rights	and	increasing	the	
accountability	obligations	on	companies	processing	data.	The	maximum	penalties	under	GDPR	
are	significantly	higher	than	under	the	current	regime.

A	GDPR	steering	committee	has	been	established	to	ensure	Future’s	readiness	for	GDPR	when	it	comes	

into	force.	Data	policies	and	procedures	are	being	reviewed	and	legislative	updates	and	ICO	guidance	are	

being	monitored	regularly.

Major supplier or retailer fails

Major	distributor	or	retailer	goes	into	administration	resulting	in	loss	of	magazine	sales	and	
associated	revenue.	

Acquisitions

The	Group	continues	to	search	for	opportunities	to	grow	through	acquisition.	There	is	a	risk	that	
any	such	acquisition	or	its	subsequent	integration	fails	to	create	value	for	shareholders.

Future	carefully	selects	its	suppliers,	taking	into	account	a	number	of	factors	including	financial	stability.	

Newsstand	sales	are	spread	across	a	number	of	retailers	in	the	UK	and	US.	In	addition,	the	growth	in	

bookazines	continues	to	diversify	the	retailers	we	work	with.

The	Group	has	successfully	completed	and	integrated	several	acquisitions	over	the	last	18	months.	The	

management	team	has	become	experienced	and	adept	at	identifying	suitable	acquisition	opportunities,	

executing	the	deal	and	integrating	the	acquired	business	into	the	wider	Future	group.	The	risk	is	further	

mitigated	through	the	performance	of	due	diligence	appropriate	to	the	size	and	scale	of	the	acquisition	

and	the	preparation	of	a	clear	and	detailed	integration	plan.

Future plc10

There are a number of 
general business risks to 
which Future is naturally 
exposed in the UK and US. 
In addition, the range of 
industry-specific risks faced 
by Future has increased 
since last year, due to the 
increasingly digital focus 
of the media landscape and 
the increasing number of 
evolving business models. 

Our	internal	controls	seek	to	
minimise	the	impact	of	risks,	
as	explained	in	our	Corporate	
Governance	report	on	page	25,	
and	during	the	year	we	have	
continued	to	develop	those	
controls	in	response	to	the	wider	
range	of	risks.

Risk management

Operating environment

Intellectual property

Risks

Description

Mitigation

The	structural	change	in	our	operating	environment	and	the	pace	of	the	transition	from	print	

remain	a	real	risk.	There	is	a	risk	that	print	circulation	volumes	and	print	advertising	revenues	

decline	at	a	faster	rate	than	anticipated	and	digital	revenues	do	not	grow	at	a	rate	to	offset	

the	decline.

Future	uses,	and	grants	licences	to	its	licensees	allowing	them	to	use,	various	types	of	third-

party	content	including	music,	audiovisual	material,	photos,	images	and	text.	As	a	publisher,	

Future	is	responsible	for	any	intellectual	property	or	other	infringement	relating	to	the	same	and	

as	licensor,	Future	is	responsible	to	its	licensees.

Future	continues	to	innovate,	making	available	its	special-interest	content	to	consumers	in	a	number	
of	formats,	in	print,	online	and	at	events.	The	diversification	of	revenues	helps	protect	against	rapid	
changes	in	operating	enviroment.	We	create	best-in-class	content	to	create	an	emotional	connection	with	
our	audiences	of	engaged	enthusiasts,	who	represent	an	attractive	audience	for	advertisers.	We	have	
become	an	integral	part	of	the	purchase	cycle	which	can	be	monetised	via	eCommerce.

Future	produces	guidance	and	in-house	training	to	educate	its	staff	on	the	importance	of	obtaining	
appropriate	rights	or	licences	and	has	a	dedicated	in-house	rights	management	team.	Future’s	legal	team	
reviews	all	significant	licences	relating	to	third-party	content	and,	where	appropriate,	seeks	warranties	
and	indemnities	relating	to	the	same.	Future	licenses	content	to	third	parties	based	on	standard	contracts	
which	seek	to	limit	Future’s	liability.		

Financial

The	long	lag	time	for	reporting	on	sales	of	exported	printed	copies	continues	to	be	an	area	of	

forecasting	uncertainty.	

On	printed	products,	in	particular	bookazines,	a	more	conservative	initial	view	on	sales	estimates	
continues,	with	emerging	trends	becoming	more	apparent.

Forecasting	remains	difficult	in	all	consumer	markets.	As	we	diversify	our	revenue	streams,	new	

activities	are	inherently	more	difficult	to	forecast	accurately.	

Future’s	forecasting	in	respect	of	innovative	products	will	become	easier	as	those	products	develop	a	
more	consistent	customer	base	and	stable	business	model.	

Advertising	pipelines	can	be	subject	to	slippage,	with	the	risk	that	resulting	revenue	is	pushed	

Careful	monitoring	of	the	advertising	pipeline	and	bookings	to	close	the	gap	in	the	event	of	any	shortfall.

into	later	accounting	periods.

Future	has	available	bank	facilities	totalling	£25.4m	at	30	September	2017.		Failure	to	comply	

with	the	financial	covenants	of	these	facilities	could	result	in	additional	finance	costs	and	the	

possible	withdrawal	of	the	facilities.

The	significant	issues	considered	in	relation	to	the	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	

30	September	2017	are	set	out	in	the	Audit	Committee	section	of	the	Corporate	Governance	

report	on	pages	26	to	28.	

IT

The	business	is	increasingly	dependent	on	technology.

In	the	event	of	a	total	network	or	server	failure,	or	data	loss,	there	would	be	a	major	impact	on	the	

production	of	magazines,	operation	of	websites	and	the	operational	effectiveness	of	the	business.

Future	continually	monitors	its	cash	flows	and	covenants	and	has	operated	within	all	its	covenants	
throughout	the	year.	The	Group	negotiated	increased	facilities	(up	from	£5.0m	in	2016)	following	the	
acquisitions	of	Imagine	and	the	home	interest	division	which	expire	in	June	2021.	There	is	currently	
significant	headroom	on	these	facilities.	See	note	18	to	the	financial	statements	for	more	detail.

Review	by	Audit	Committee	with	external	auditors.

Future’s	network	has	at	least	two	diverse	routes	for	all	key	offices	and	business-critical	data	is	held	on	
three	highly	resilient	storage	devices	in	different	locations.	In	addition,	all	core	switches	are	duplicated	in	
different	buildings	so	there	are	no	single	points	of	failure.	Servers	are	distributed	across	two	main	data	
centre	locations	and	several	controlled	server	rooms	in	different	buildings	in	Bath	and	San	Francisco.	
Future	can	switch	services	from	one	server	to	another	within	a	few	hours.	In	addition,	all	mission-critical	
services	have	more	than	one	server	so	there	is	no	single	point	of	failure.	Further	investment	in	the	IT	
infrastructure	has	been	made	in	2017	and	more	is	already	underway	in	2018.

Staff

Personal data 

and cyber fraud

The	Group’s	strong	reputation	as	a	leading	content	provider	makes	its	staff	potentially	attractive	

to	competitors.	There	is	a	risk	that	key	staff	will	move	elsewhere	if	offered	significant	increases	

in	remuneration	with	which	Future	is	unable	to	compete.

Future	employs	people	who	are	passionate	about	their	subject.	Future	offers	a	number	of	staff	benefits	
and	incentive	programmes	to	attract	and	retain	key	staff,	and	steps	are	taken	to	ensure	that	the	Group	is	
not	excessively	reliant	upon	any	one	employee.

A	loss	of	personal	data	or	a	cyber	attack	would	trigger	the	need	to	notify	users	and	the	

Information	Commissioner’s	Office	(ICO)	and	Future	may	suffer	reputational	risk,	as	well	as	a	

significant	financial	penalty,	if	it	is	responsible	for	the	breach.

Future	seeks	to	ensure	all	of	its	systems	comply	with	best	practice	as	regards	to	security	and	has	in	place	
a	plan	to	mitigate	the	effects	of	any	hack.	The	Group	is	continually	investing	and	upgrading	its	IT	systems	
and	processes	to	ensure	that	they	are	sufficiently	robust	and	appropriate	for	the	digital	age.

The	General	Data	Protection	Regulation	(GDPR)	comes	into	force	in	May	2018.	GDPR	extends	

the	scope	of	EU	data	protection	law	by	giving	data	subjects	additional	rights	and	increasing	the	

accountability	obligations	on	companies	processing	data.	The	maximum	penalties	under	GDPR	

are	significantly	higher	than	under	the	current	regime.

A	GDPR	steering	committee	has	been	established	to	ensure	Future’s	readiness	for	GDPR	when	it	comes	
into	force.	Data	policies	and	procedures	are	being	reviewed	and	legislative	updates	and	ICO	guidance	are	
being	monitored	regularly.

Major supplier or retailer fails

Major	distributor	or	retailer	goes	into	administration	resulting	in	loss	of	magazine	sales	and	

associated	revenue.	

Acquisitions

The	Group	continues	to	search	for	opportunities	to	grow	through	acquisition.	There	is	a	risk	that	

any	such	acquisition	or	its	subsequent	integration	fails	to	create	value	for	shareholders.

Future	carefully	selects	its	suppliers,	taking	into	account	a	number	of	factors	including	financial	stability.	
Newsstand	sales	are	spread	across	a	number	of	retailers	in	the	UK	and	US.	In	addition,	the	growth	in	
bookazines	continues	to	diversify	the	retailers	we	work	with.

The	Group	has	successfully	completed	and	integrated	several	acquisitions	over	the	last	18	months.	The	
management	team	has	become	experienced	and	adept	at	identifying	suitable	acquisition	opportunities,	
executing	the	deal	and	integrating	the	acquired	business	into	the	wider	Future	group.	The	risk	is	further	
mitigated	through	the	performance	of	due	diligence	appropriate	to	the	size	and	scale	of	the	acquisition	
and	the	preparation	of	a	clear	and	detailed	integration	plan.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Strategic Report11

Corporate 
responsibility

Responsible business

Corporate	responsibility	is	integral	to	the	way	Future	conducts	
its	business.	We	focus	our	efforts	around	five	key	areas	where	
we	think	we	can	make	a	difference.

1. The environment

A	responsible	approach	to	the	environment	is	
essential	to	ensure	the	future	sustainability	of	
our	business.	

Sourcing paper
Paper	is	the	largest	raw	material	we	use	as	
a	Group.	We	work	hard	to	make	sure	that	
whatever	we	consume,	we	do	in	a	way	that	
is	ethically	responsible	and	environmentally	
sustainable.	In	2017,	100%	of	our	paper	across	
the	Group	was	sourced	from	either	recycled	
fibre	or	sustainable	forests	where	at	least	one	
tree	is	planted	for	every	tree	felled.

All	of	our	paper	is	sourced	and	produced	
from	sustainable,	managed	forests,	
conforming	to	strict	environmental	and	
socio-economic	standards.	Our	paper	
mills	and	paper	merchants	all	hold	full	FSC	
(Forest	Stewardship	Council)	certification	
and	accreditation	showing	our	commitment	
to	sourcing	paper	supplies	from	sustainable	
sources.

In	2017,	over	90%	of	the	paper	we	used	in	the	
UK	was	FSC	certified.	We	actively	encourage	
our	suppliers	to	work	towards	FSC	certification	
or	one	of	the	other	internationally	recognised	
and	independently	audited	certification	
schemes	for	environmental	care	in	forest	
management	and	conservation.

Recycling and waste
The	Group	is	strongly	incentivised	to	minimise	
the	number	of	unsold	magazines	and	we	
employ	sophisticated	techniques	to	help	
achieve	this.	In	the	UK,	Future’s	unsold	
magazines	are	recycled.	We	also	support	
the	PPA’s	initiative	encouraging	readers	to	
recycle	their	magazines	after	use	and	we	
comply	with	our	obligations	under	the	Producer	
Responsibility	Obligations	(Packaging	Waste)	
Regulations.	The	disposal	of	waste	materials	is	
also	included	in	our	print	supplier	audit.

We	work	in	partnership	
with	Bath-based	charitable	
foundation,	Quartet.

We	are	members	of	the	
Professional	Publishers	
Association	(PPA)	and	support	
its	initiative	encouraging	
readers	to	recycle	their	
magazines	after	use.	We	
incorporate	the	recycle	logo	in	
all	our	UK	magazines.

Supplier audits
We	undertake	environmental	and	ethical	
audits	on	our	main	suppliers	which	include	
aspects	such	as	the	processing	and	disposal	of	
effluents,	emissions	and	waste	materials,	and	
the	use	of	labour.

2. Our people

Future’s	employees	are	our	most	important	
assets;	they	are	the	driving	force	behind	our	
success	as	a	business.

Health and safety
The	health	and	safety	of	all	employees	is	a	
key	priority	for	the	Group.	Future	is	largely	
an	office-based	environment.	All	companies	
across	the	Group	comply	with	relevant	
legislation	and	we	communicate	our	health	
and	safety	policy	to	all	employees.	In	the	UK,	
during	the	year	to	30	September	2017,	there	
were	no	fatalities,	one	reportable	(RIDDOR)	
injury	and	two	minor	injuries.	There	were	
no	fatalities	or	injuries	in	the	US	or	Australia	
during	the	year.		

Diversity
We	are	committed	to	creating	an	inclusive	
culture	which	gives	everyone	the	freedom	to	
succeed,	irrespective	of	their	gender,	race,	
religion,	disability,	age	or	sexual	orientation.	
We	treat	each	other	with	respect.	We	are	
proud	of	the	fact	that	50%	of	our	Board	were	
female	during	2017	and	the	gap	between	
the	female:male	employee	split	has	reduced	
considerably	in	recent	years.	

Future’s	business	is	underpinned	by	six	core	
values,	the	first	of	which	is	that	‘we	are	part	
of	the	audience	and	their	community’.	We	
strive	to	ensure	that	our	workforce	reflects	the	
consumers	across	our	portfolios	to	maximise	
engagement	with	our	passionate	audience.

Policy on disability
The	Group	aims	to	ensure	that	when	
considering	recruitment,	training,	career	
development,	promotion	or	any	other	aspect	
of	employment,	no	employee	or	job	applicant	
is	discriminated	against,	either	directly	or	
indirectly,	on	the	grounds	of	disability.	

If	an	employee	became	disabled	while	in	
employment	and	as	a	result	was	unable	to	
perform	their	duties,	we	would	make	every	
effort	to	offer	suitable	alternative	employment	
and	assistance	with	retraining.

Internal communication
Future	has	policies	on	employee	
communication,	acceptable	use	of	IT,	health	
and	safety	and	whistle-blowing,	and	we	have	
a	commitment	to	diversity	and	opportunity.	

We	hold	regular	town	hall	sessions	for	all	
employees,	and	extended	leadership	team	
meetings	where	we	discuss	key	strategic	
initiatives	and	the	performance	of	the	business.	
In	October	2017	we	held	an	all	company	
conference	in	the	UK,	US	and	Australia.	
These	initiatives	ensure	that	communication	
is	constantly	improving	across	the	business,	
reinforce	the	building	of	a	positive	working	
environment	where	we	celebrate	successes	
and	also	help	to	ensure	there	is	alignment	
across	the	business.	Our	environment	is	one	
where	we	encourage	employees	to	give	their	
views	freely	and	contribute	to	initiatives,	as	
this	continuously	develops	and	improves	our	
offering	for	the	benefit	of	our	consumers	and	
clients.	

Whistle-blowing and anti-bribery policies
It	is	Future’s	policy	to	conduct	all	of	our	
business	in	an	honest	and	ethical	manner,	and	
we	take	a	zero-tolerance	approach	to	bribery	
and	corruption.	We	are	committed	to	acting	
professionally,	fairly	and	with	integrity	in	all	our	
business	dealings	and	relationships,	wherever	
we	operate,	and	we	are	implementing	and	
enforcing	effective	systems	to	counter	bribery	
and	corruption.	We	have	whistle-blowing	
and	anti-bribery	policies	which	are	updated	
regularly	and	published	on	our	intranet	to	
encourage	employees	to	report,	in	good	faith,	
any	genuine	suspicions	of	fraud,	bribery	or	
malpractice.	The	whistle-blowing	policy	is	
also	designed	to	ensure	that	any	employee	
who	raises	a	genuine	concern	is	protected.	
In	addition,	to	ensure	Future	is	adopting	best	
practice	with	anti-corruption	legislation,	and	to	
promote	transparency,	a	Review	Kit,	Trips	and	
Gifts	Log	is	in	place	to	track	the	whereabouts	
of	products	sent	to	us	for	review	and	the	
acceptance	of	gifts	and	trips	by	our	employees.

Employment data across the Group

Split	of	female:male	employees	as	at	30	September	2017

Split	of	female:male	Directors	of	the	Company	as	at	30	September	2017

Split	of	female:male	members	of	the	Executive	Committee	as	at	30	September	2017

Earnings	meet	at	least	legal	minimum	or	minimum	set	by	industry

Cases	of	reported	and	proven	discrimination	or	harassment

Consultation	and	communication	procedures	in	place	for	all	areas	of	the	business

Code	of	conduct	circulated	to	all	existing	and	new	employees

Employment	of	young	people	under	the	age	of	15

2017

40%:60%

3:3

1:6

Yes

None

Yes

Yes

None

Future plc12

3. The community

4. Modern slavery

5. Human rights

Giving something back 
In	the	UK	the	Group	has	worked	in	partnership	
with	Bath-based	charitable	foundation	Quartet,	
who	make	donations	to	local	charities	on	our	
behalf,	and	SpecialEffect,	a	charity	which	uses	
video	games	and	technology	to	enhance	the	
quality	of	life	of	people	with	disabilities.

Future in the wider community
Future	people	have	been	actively	involved	
in	the	year	with	a	number	of	national	
organisations	including	the	Professional	
Publishers	Association,	European	Magazine	
Media	Association,	Association	of	Online	
Publishers,	NABS,	European	&	Leisure	
Software	Publishers	Association,	the	IPA,	
the	Marketing	Society	and	the	International	
Federation	of	the	Periodical	Press.	

The	Modern	Slavery	Act	2015	is	aimed	at	
combating	crimes	of	slavery	and	human	
trafficking	and	addresses	the	role	which	
a	commercial	organisation	has	to	play	in	
preventing	these	crimes,	both	within	its	own	
business	and	within	its	supply	chains.	We	are	
committed	to	doing	business	ethically	and	
have	a	zero-tolerance	approach	to	modern	
slavery.	Future’s	Modern	Slavery	Act	statement	
is	published	on	our	corporate	website,	
www.futureplc.com.

Future	is	committed	to	respecting	human	
rights.		We	believe	our	business	positively	
impacts	human	rights	by,	for	example,	
promoting	freedom	of	opinion	and	expression	
and	facilitating	the	ability	to	seek,	receive	and	
impart	information	and	ideas	through	all	media	
and	across	borders.	In	addition,	we	provide	a	
means	to	participate	in	the	cultural	life	of	the	
community	and	enjoy	the	arts.	

As	an	international	company,	Future	is	also	
aware	of	the	potential	for	adversely	impacting	
human	rights	and	we	seek	to	mitigate	any	such	
effects	through,	for	example,	our	efforts	to	
combat	bribery,	corruption	and	forced	labour	in	
our	business	or	in	our	supply	chain.

Statement of Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions for the Group 

Global GHG emissions in tonnes of CO2 equivalent:

Emissions from

2013 (base year)

The	combustion	of	fuel:	gas	for	heating	and	fuel;	 
for	vehicles	(Scope	1)	

The	purchase	of	electricity:	heat,	steam	or	cooling	 
by	the	Group	for	its	own	use	(Scope	2)

Total Emissions (CO2e Tonnes)

Total Revenue

Intensity Ratio (CO2e Tonnes per £1m)

UK

US

Total

UK

US

Total

Total

470

102

572

1,310

376

1,686

2,258

2017

Total

73

-

73

385

4

389

462

£112.3m

20.1

£84.4m

5.5

We	have	reported	on	all	of	the	emission	sources	required	under	the	Companies	Act	2006	(Strategic	Report	and	Directors’	Reports)	Regulations	2013.

The	emissions	sources	fall	within	our	financial	statements.	We	do	not	have	responsibility	for	any	emission	sources	that	are	not	included	in	our	financial	
statements.			

Methodology:
We	have	used	the	UK	Government’s	Environmental	Reporting	Guidance.	We	have	applied	the	2017	DEFRA	GHG	Conversion	Factor	Repository	to	
calculate	the	CO2e.	As	a	Group	with	only	office-based	activities	and	no	manufacturing	activities,	under	the	GHG	Protocol	Corporate	Standard,	our	
emissions	fall	under	Scope	1	(the	combustion	of	fuel)	and	Scope	2	(the	purchase	of	electricity).

Notes:	
•	 Scope	1	–	Time	periods	for	combustion	of	gas	for	heating	–	figures	for	all	offices	are	for	the	financial	year.	All	figures	are	estimates	based	on	%	
share	of	office	space	within	leased	buildings	except	for	UK	Bath	offices	which	are	actual	consumption	where	whole	buildings	or	floors	within	
buildings	have	their	own	meters.		

•	 Scope	1	–	Time	periods	for	combustion	of	fuel	in	vehicles	–	only	the	UK	operates	leased	vehicles	and	figures	for	the	consumption	of	fuel	are	based	

on	averaged	annual	mileage.

•	 Scope	2	–	Time	periods	for	consumption	of	electricity	–	figures	for	the	UK	and	US	offices	are	for	the	financial	year.	Figures	for	the	Australian	office	
are	pro-rated	from	typical	(August	2017)	monthly	consumption.	All	figures	are	estimates	based	on	%	share	of	office	space	within	leased	buildings	
except	for	the	US	office	in	2017	and	UK	Bath	offices	which	are	actual	consumption	where	whole	buildings	or	floors	within	buildings	have	their	
own	meters.				

•	 Scope	2	–	Electricity	Sources	–	No	electricity	was	purchased	from	owned	or	controlled	sources.				
•	 Fugitive	Emissions	–	the	Group	benefits	from	air	conditioning	in	some	of	its	leasehold	buildings.	The	scale	of	emissions	from	leaks	is	very	small

(estimated	to	be	less	than	0.5%	of	total	emissions)	and	is	deemed	to	be	immaterial	to	overall	reporting	and	trends.	

•		 Base	Year	-	Financial	year	2013	is	our	baseline	year.
•	
•	 We	have	maintained	our	focus	on	other	environmental	impacts,	particularly	initiatives	to	reduce	waste	and	to	continue	sourcing	all	our	magazine

Intensity	Ratio	-	we	are	using	‘Tonnes	per	£1million	revenue’.

paper	from	sustainable	forestry.	

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Strategic Report13

Future plc

Financial 
review

Growth

The	financial	results	demonstrate	that	the	Group	is	progressing	
well	with	exciting	times	ahead	as	the	business	builds	scale	and	
increasing	profitability.

grown	144%	to	 

“   Adjusted	EPS	has	 
23.2p.”

  Penny Ladkin-Brand

	Chief	Financial	Officer	 
and	Company	Secretary

Financial summary

The	financial	review	is	based	primarily	on	a	comparison	of	continuing	results	for	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017	with	those	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2016.	Unless	otherwise	stated,	
change	percentages	relate	to	a	comparison	of	these	two	periods.

Continuing	operations

Revenue

Adjusted	EBITDA

Depreciation

Adjusted	amortisation

Adjusted	operating	profit	

Adjusted	net	finance	costs

Adjusted	profit	before	tax

Operating	profit/(loss)

Profit/(loss)	before	tax

Earnings/(loss)	per	share	(p)

Adjusted	earnings	per	share	(p)

2017
£m

84.4

11.0

(0.3)

(1.8)

8.9

(0.6)

8.3

0.8

0.2

4.3

23.2

A	reconciliation	of	adjusted	operating	profit	to	profit/(loss)	before	tax	is	shown	below:

Adjusted	operating	profit

Adjusted	net	finance	costs

Adjusted	profit	before	tax

Adjusting	items:	

Share-based	payments	(including	related	social	security	costs)

Exceptional	items

Amortisation	of	acquired	intangibles

Impairment	of	intangible	assets

Non-trading	foreign	exchange	loss

Profit/(loss)	before	tax

Revenue

2017
£m

8.9

(0.6)

8.3

(2.1)

(3.7)

(2.3)

-

-

0.2

2016
£m

59.0

5.2

(0.4)

(2.0)

2.8

	(0.5)

2.3

(14.2)

(14.9)

(59.6)

9.5

2016
£m

2.8

(0.5)

2.3

(0.5)

(3.5)

-

(13.0)

(0.2)

(14.9)

Group	revenue	was	up	43%	to	£84.4m	(2016:	£59.0m),	which	was	achieved	both	organically	
(increase	of	8%)	and	through	acquisition.	UK	revenue	was	up	50%	to	£67.2m	(2016:	£44.7m)	with	US	
revenue	up	26%	to	£19.1m	(2016:	£15.2m).		

The	Group’s	strategy	is	to	continue	to	build	recurring	revenue	streams.	These	encompass	
eCommerce	and	subscriptions,	and	now	represent	27%	of	the	Group’s	total	revenue	(2016:	25%).

	
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

14

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

R
e
v
i
e
w

1

2

Group revenue 2017

1:		Media	40%
2:	Magazine	60%

1

2

Group revenue 2016

1:		Media	41%
2:	Magazine	59%

Media

Media	revenue	has	increased	by	43%	to	£34.1m	(2016:	£23.9m),	driven	by	the	Group’s	fast	growing	
revenue	streams;	eCommerce,	events	and	through	acquisition.	On	an	underlying	basis,	excluding	
the	impact	of	2017	acquisitions,	Media	revenues	increased	by	34%.	

In	the	UK,	Media	revenues	increased	by	50%	to	£21.1m	(2016:	£14.1m),	driven	by	eCommerce	
growth	of	88%	to	£4.9m	(2016:	£2.6m)	and	events	growth	of	58%	to	£5.2m	(2016:	£3.3m).	

The	US	also	experienced	exceptional	growth,	up	41%	year-on-year	to	£14.7m	(2016:	£10.4m),	with	
eCommerce	revenues	being	the	biggest	driver	of	this	growth	–	up	135%	to	£4.0m	(2016:	£1.7m).		
Digital	advertising	in	the	US	now	represents	90%	(2016:	88%)	of	US	advertising	revenues.

Magazine

Magazine	revenue	increased	by	43%	to	£50.3m	(2016:	£35.1m)	largely	driven	by	acquisitions.	On	
an	underlying	basis,	excluding	the	impact	of	2017	acquisitions,		Magazine	revenues	declined	9%	to	
£31.9m.	

The	division	is	constantly	looking	for	ways	to	innovate	and	published	over	430	bookazines	in	the	year	
totalling	revenue	of	£10.1m.

EBITDA and operating profit

The	Group’s	adjusted	EBITDA	was	up	112%	to	£11.0m	(2016:	£5.2m),	of	which	£6.9m	(2016:	
£3.2m)	was	UK	and	£4.1m	(2016:	£2.0m)	was	US.	Operating	profit	increased	£15.0m	to	£0.8m	
(2016:	loss	of	£14.2m).

Future’s	headcount	increased	to	634	from	449	employees	as	additional	staff	joined	the	Group	
through	acquisition.	Rationalisation	of	the	Group’s	overhead	base	continues	with	a	focus	on	
process	re-engineering.	The	global	content	management	system	migration	(CMS)	was	completed	
in	early	2017,	which	puts	the	Group	in	a	strong	position	to	benefit	from	economies	of	scale	as	the	
number	of	brands	increases.	The	Team	Rock	and	Imagine	acquisitions	have	been	fully	integrated	
and	the	home	interest	acquisition	is	expected	to	be	fully	integrated	into	the	Group’s	operations	and	
systems	by	the	end	of	the	calendar	year.

Exceptional items and impairment

Exceptional	costs	were	£3.7m	(2016:	£3.5m).	Restructuring	costs	of	£1.1m	include	headcount	
reduction	and	transformation	related	activity.	The	vacant	property	provision	movement	during	the	
year	of	£1.2m	mainly	relates	to	surplus	office	space	in	the	US.

Acquisition	related	costs	include	deal	fees	and	subsequent	integration	related	activity	and	total	
£1.4m	(2016:	£2.3m)	and	relate	to	the	acquisitions	of	Imagine,	Team	Rock	and	home	interest.	

A	non-cash	impairment	charge	of	£13.0m	was	recognised	in	the	prior	year	against	goodwill	
attributable	to	the	UK	business,	which	reflected	a	shift	in	the	underlying	profitability	and	cash	flows	
of	the	Group	and	the	continued	decline	of	print.	

Net finance costs

Net	finance	costs	fell	to	£0.6m	(2016:	£0.7m)	as	strong	cash	conversion	allowed	the	Group	to	
repay	additional	debt	facilities	arranged	to	fund	acquisitions	and	due	to	lower	interest	on	the	legacy	
HMRC	settlement	agreement	which	will	be	fully	repaid	during	2018.

The	Group’s	adjusted	pre-tax	profit	was	£8.3m	(2016:	£2.3m)	and	reported	pre-tax	profit	was	
£0.2m	(2016:	loss	of	£14.9m)	reflecting	significantly	improved	performance.	

 
15

Future plc

Financial 
review

Taxation

Cash flow and net debt

Going concern

The	tax	credit	for	the	year	amounted	to	£1.4m	
(2016:	£0.5m),	comprising	a	current	tax	charge	
of	£0.8m	(2016:	£1.3m)	and	a	deferred	tax	
credit	of	£2.2m	(2016:	£1.8m)	predominantly	
related	to	the	recognition	of	further	US	losses,	
acquired	intangible	assets	and	share	schemes.	
The	current	tax	charge	arises	in	the	UK	where	
the	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	is	19.5%.	

Earnings/(loss) per share

Basic	earnings/(loss)	per	share	(p) 4.3 (59.6)

Adjusted	earnings	per	share	(p)

23.2

9.5

2017

2016

Adjusted	earnings	per	share	is	based	on	
the	profit/(loss)	after	taxation	which	is	then	
adjusted	to	exclude	share-based	payments	
(including	related	social	security	costs),	
exceptional	items,	amortisation	of	acquired	
intangible	assets,	impairment	of	intangible	
assets,	non-trading	foreign	exchange	and	
related	tax	effects.

The	continuing	adjusted	profit	after	tax	
amounted	to	£8.6m	(2016:	£2.3m)	and	the	
weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	
was	37m	(2016:	24m). 

Dividend

The	Board	is	not	recommending	a	final	dividend	
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017.

In	light	of	the	continued	focus	on	debt	reduction,	
confidence	in	the	Group’s	growth	strategy	and	
the	continued	development	of	the	business	
leading	to	more	consistent	cash	flow	and	
diversified	revenue	streams,	the	Board	is	now	in	
a	position	to	consider	returning	to	payment	of	a	
dividend	whilst	maintaining	sufficient	resources	
to	continue	investing	in	the	business	in	2018.

Net	debt	at	30	September	2017	was	£10.0m	
(2016:	net	cash	of	£0.5m),	which	reflects	the	
additional	debt	taken	on	to	fund	the	Imagine	and	
home	interest	acquisitions.

During	the	year,	there	was	a	cash	inflow	from	
operations	before	exceptional	items	of	£17.1m	
(2016:	£6.5m)	reflecting	a	significant	focus	on	
improving	the	Group’s	working	capital	cycle	and	
trading	performance.	

A	reconciliation	of	adjusted	operating	cash	
inflow	to	cash	inflow	from	operations	is	included	
below:

Adjusted	operating	cash	inflow

17.1

6.5

2017
£m

2016
£m

After	due	consideration,	the	Directors	
have	concluded	that	there	is	a	reasonable	
expectation	that	the	Group	has	adequate	
resources	to	continue	in	operational	existence	
for	the	foreseeable	future.	For	this	reason	the	
Directors	continue	to	adopt	the	going	concern	
basis	in	preparing	the	consolidated	financial	
statements	for	the	year	ended	30	 
September	2017.

Key performance indicators (KPIs)

Management	uses	a	number	of	KPIs	to	
measure	the	Group’s	operational	and	financial	
performance,	the	most	important	of	which	are	
set	out	on	page	8.

Cash	flows	related	to	
exceptional	items

Conclusion

(5.1)

(3.4)

Cash inflow from operations

12.0

3.1

Other	significant	movements	in	cash	flows	
include	exceptional	payments	of	£5.1m	
(2016:	£3.4m),	£1.8m	(2016:	£1.9m)	of	capital	
expenditure,	net	proceeds	from	issuing	shares	
of	£21.0m,	draw	down	of	bank	loans	(net	of	
repayments	and	arrangement	fees)	of	£10.6m	
and	payments	of	£32.6m	(net	of	cash	acquired)	
to	fund	acquisitions.	Foreign	exchange	and	
other	movements	accounted	for	the	balance	of	
cash	flows.

Credit facility and covenants

The	Group	had	available	facilities	of	£25.4m	
at	30	September	2017,	expiring	in	June	
2021.	Further	details	of	these	new	facilities	
are	included	within	note	18	to	the	financial	
statements.		

The	Group	has	completed	several	
transformational	acquisitions	in	the	last	12	
months	and	moves	into	a	new	exciting	phase	
of	its	development.	The	Group	is	well	placed	to	
achieve	its	ambitions	for	2018	and	beyond.

The	Strategic	Report	(which	comprises	the	
Group	overview,	Chairman’s	statement,	Chief	
Executive’s	review,	Strategic	overview,	What	
we	do,	Risks	and	uncertainties	and	Corporate	
responsibility	sections)	and	the	Financial	
Review	are	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	
and	signed	on	its	behalf	by:

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary
8	December	2017

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

16

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

R
R
e
e
v
v
i
i
e
e
w
w

 
 
17

Future plc

Board of 
Directors

Strong leadership

Peter Allen
Independent	non-executive	Chairman

Richard Huntingford
Independent	non-executive	and	
Chairman	Designate

Zillah Byng-Thorne
Chief	Executive

James Hanbury
Deputy	Chairman

Penny Ladkin-Brand 
Chief	Financial	Officer	and	
Company	Secretary

Hugo Drayton
Independent	non-executive

18

Peter Allen 
Chairman 
sln

Richard Huntingford 
Independent	non-executive	and	 
Chairman	Designate 
sln

Zillah Byng-Thorne  
Chief	Executive	

Peter	was	named	Chairman	in	August	2011.	He	
was	Chief	Financial	Officer	of	Celltech	Group	
plc	between	1992	and	2004.	In	2003	he	was	
also	appointed	Deputy	Chief	Executive	Officer	
of	Celltech	until	the	company	was	sold	in	2004.	
He	was	Chief	Financial	Officer	of	the	electronics	
company	Abacus	Group	plc	from	2005	until	
the	company	was	sold	to	Avnet	Inc	in	January	
2009.	Peter	is	currently	Chairman	of	Clinigen	
plc,	Advanced	Medical	Solutions	Group	plc,	
Oxford	Nanopore	Technologies	Limited	and	
Diurnal	Limited	and	a	non-executive	Director	of	
Istesso	Limited.	Peter	has	decided	not	to	seek	
re-election	to	the	Board	and	will	step	down	on	
1	February	2018.

Richard	was	appointed	to	the	Board	on	1	
December	2017	and	will	take	over	as	Chairman	
on	1	February	2018.	Richard	had	a	20	year	
career	at	Chrysalis	plc	and	was	CEO	from	2000	
to	2007,	following	which	he	was	Chairman	
of	Virgin	Radio	until	its	sale	in	2008.	More	
recently,	he	has	been	non-executive	Chairman	
of	Wireless	Group	plc	(formerly	UTV	Media	
plc)	from	2012	to	2016	and	non-executive	
Director/Chairman	of	Creston	plc	from	2011	
to	2016.	He	is	currently	Chairman	of	Crown	
Place	VCT	plc	and	non-executive	Director	of	JP	
Morgan	Investment	Trust	plc.	He	is	a	chartered	
accountant,	having	qualified	with	KPMG. 

Zillah	was	appointed	as	Chief	Executive	on	
1	April	2014.	She	joined	Future	in	November	
2013	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	Company	
Secretary.	Prior	to	her	appointment	to	the	
Future	plc	Board,	she	was	CFO	of	Trader	
Media	Group	–	owner	of	Auto	Trader	–	from	
2009	to	2012,	and	interim	CEO	of	Trader	
Media	from	2012	to	2013.	Before	this,	Zillah	
was	Commercial	Director	and	CFO	at	Fitness	
First	Limited	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	of	the	
Thresher	Group.	Zillah	is	currently	a	non-
executive	Director	of	Paddy	Power	Betfair	plc	
and	Gocompare.com	Group	plc.	Zillah	is	a	
qualified	accountant	and	corporate	treasurer.

James Hanbury 
Deputy	Chairman	 	
sl

Penny Ladkin-Brand 
Chief	Financial	Officer	 
and	Company	Secretary

James	was	appointed	Deputy	Chairman	
in	October	2016	as	the	representative	of	
Disruptive	Capital	Investments	Limited.	Prior	to	
his	appointment	he	was	Chairman	of	Imagine	
Publishing,	which	was	acquired	by	Future	
in	October	2016.	James	joined	the	Board	of	
Imagine	in	March	2014	soon	after	leaving	
Incisive	Media,	a	publishing	business	he	co-
founded	in	1994.	He	has	also	previously	chaired	
the	Business	Media	Council	of	the	PPA.	James	
also	acts	as	an	adviser	to	a	number	of	VC	
backed	businesses,	is	a	trustee	for	a	charitable	
trust	and	has	set	up	and	chairs	WARpaint,	
a	fundraising	organisation	for	several	armed	
forces	charities.	

Penny	was	appointed	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary	on	3	August	2015,	
having	joined	the	business	as	interim	Chief	
Financial	Officer	in	June	2015.	Prior	to	this	she	
was	Commercial	Director	at	AutoTrader	Group	
plc.	Penny	is	a	chartered	accountant	with	a	
background	in	digital	media	and	expertise	in	
digital	monetisation	models.	Penny	is	currently	
a	non-executive	Director	of	Next	Fifteen	
Communications	Group	plc.

Hugo Drayton 
Independent	non-executive 
sl

Hugo	joined	Future	on	1	December	2014.	He	
is	CEO	of	the	advertising	technology	business,	
Inskin	Media.	Prior	to	Inskin,	he	spent	two	years	
as	CEO	of	behavioural	targeting	specialist,	
Phorm,	following	two	years	as	European	
Managing	Director	of	Advertising.com.	He	
spent	10	years	at	The	Telegraph	Group,	as	
Group	Managing	Director,	and	previously	as	
Marketing	&	New	Media	Director.	Hugo	is	a	
Trustee	of	the	British	Skin	Foundation,	chaired	
the	British	Internet	Publishers’	Alliance,	and	
is	a	regular	contributor	to	trade	press	and	
publishing	conferences.

s

Member	of	the	
Nomination	
Committee

l

Member	of	the	
Remuneration	
Committee

n

Member	of	the	Audit	
Committee

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance	
	
19

Directors’ 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017

Principal activity

The	principal	activity	of	the	Company	and	
its	subsidiaries	(the	‘Group’)	as	a	whole	is	
the	publishing	of	special-interest	consumer	
magazines	and	websites	and	the	operation	
of	events	notably	in	the	areas	of:	technology;	
games	and	entertainment;	music;	knowledge;	
creative	and	photography;	field	sports	and	
home	interest.

The	Company	is	a	public	company	limited	by	
shares	listed	on	the	London	Stock	Exchange	
and	is	incorporated	and	domiciled	in	the	UK.	
It	has	subsidiaries	operating	in	the	UK,	the	US	
and	Australia.

Business review 

The	purpose	of	the	Annual	Report	is	to	provide	
information	to	the	shareholders	of	the	Company.

Reviews	of	the	Group’s	activities	during	
the	year,	the	position	at	the	year-end	and	
developments	since	then	are	set	out	in	the	
Chairman’s	statement,	the	Chief	Executive’s	
review,	the	Corporate	Governance	report	and	
the	Financial	review.	The	Financial	review	and	
Strategic	report	explain	financial	performance,	
KPIs,	the	position	at	the	year-end,	any	post	
balance	sheet	events,	any	likely	future	
developments	and	a	description	of	the	principal	
risks	and	uncertainties	facing	the	Group	and	
how	these	are	managed.

The	Annual	Report	contains	certain	forward-
looking	statements	with	respect	to	the	
operations,	performance	and	financial	condition	
of	the	Group.	By	their	nature,	these	statements	
involve	uncertainty	since	future	events	and	
circumstances	can	cause	results	to	differ	
from	those	anticipated.	The	forward-looking	
statements	reflect	knowledge	and	information	

Significant shareholdings

Directors’ report

The	information	presented	in	this	Directors’	report	relates	to	
Future	plc	and	its	subsidiaries.	The	Chairman’s	statement,	
Chief	Executive’s	review,	Financial	review	and	Corporate	
responsibility	statement	are	each	incorporated	by	reference	
into,	and	form	part	of,	this	Directors’	report.

available	at	the	date	of	preparation	of	this	
Annual	Report	and	the	Company	undertakes	
no	obligation	to	update	those	forward-looking	
statements.

Result of 2017 Annual General Meeting

All	resolutions	put	to	the	Annual	General	
Meeting	held	on	1	February	2017	were	
passed	unanimously	on	a	show	of	hands.	
Shareholders	holding	more	than	50%	of	all	
issued	shares	submitted	proxy	votes	and	of	
those,	more	than	95%	of	all	proxy	votes	cast	
were	in	favour	of	all	resolutions.

Reported financial results

The	audited	financial	statements	for	the	
year	ended	30	September	2017	are	set	out	
on	pages	49	to	86.	Details	of	the	Group’s	
results	are	set	out	in	the	consolidated	income	
statement	on	page	50	and	in	the	notes	to	the	
financial	statements	on	pages	60	to	86.		

Dividends

The	Board’s	policy	is	that	dividends	should	be	
covered	at	least	twice	by	adjusted	earnings	per	
share.	The	Company’s	Employee	Benefit	Trust	
(EBT)	waives	its	entitlement	to	any	dividends.	
The	Board	is	not	recommending	a	final	
dividend	for	the	year.

appointment	and	replacement	of,	as	well	as	
the	powers	of,	the	Directors	are	set	out	in	the	
Company’s	Articles	of	Association,	copies	of	
which	can	be	obtained	from	Companies	
House	in	the	UK	or	by	writing	to	the	Company	
Secretary.	Save	for	restrictions	that	may	from	
time	to	time	be	set	out	in	the	Company’s	
Articles	of	Association	or	imposed	by	laws	
and	regulations	(including	the	Listing	Rules	of	
the	Financial	Conduct	Authority),	there	are	no	
restrictions	on	the	voting	rights	attaching	to	
the	Ordinary	shares	or	on	the	transfer	of	the	
Ordinary	shares.	The	Articles	of	Association	
may	be	amended	only	by	a	special	resolution	
of	the	Company’s	shareholders.	

Details	of	all	movements	in	share	capital	are	
given	in	note	23	on	page	79.	As	at	30	
September	2017,	the	number	of	shares	in	
issue	was	45.4	million.	This	represents	an	
increase	of	85%	compared	with	the	number	of	
shares	in	issue	as	at	30	September	2016.	In	
October	2016,	12.0	million	shares	were	issued	
by	the	Company	as	consideration	for	the	
acquisition	of	Imagine.	In	July	2017,	8.8	million	
shares	were	issued	by	way	of	a	placing	of	
Ordinary	shares	in	the	Company	to	part	fund	
the	acquisition	of	home	interest.	The	balance	
of	shares	issued	during	the	year	were	issued	
in	satisfaction	of	employee	share	awards	
vesting	or	Share	Incentive	Plan	matching	
share	awards	during	the	year.	

Directors

Share capital

The	Company	has	a	single	class	of	share	
capital	which	is	divided	into	Ordinary	shares	
of	fifteen	pence	each.	The	rights	and	
obligations	attaching	to	the	Company’s	
Ordinary	shares	and	provisions	governing	the	

Biographical	details	of	the	Directors	holding	
office	as	at	8	December	2017	are	set	out	on	
page	18.	

Directors’	shareholdings	in	the	Company’s	
share	capital	are	set	out	opposite.	No	Director	
has	any	interest	in	any	other	share	capital	of	
the	Company	or	any	other	Group	company,	nor	

At	8	December	2017,	the	Company	had	been	notified	of	the	following	significant	interests	in	its	Ordinary	shares:

Shareholder

Aberforth	Partners	LLP

Hargreave	Hale	(Discretionary)

Disruptive	Capital	Investments	Limited

Lombard	Odier	Investment	Managers

River	and	Mercantile	Asset	Management

Invesco	Perpetual

AXA	Framlington	Investment	Managers

JO	Hambro	Capital	Management

Herald	Investment	Management

Directors’	holdings	(see	opposite)

Total	of	significant	holdings

Total	number	of	shares	in	issue

Number	of	shares

Percentage	of	
issued	share	capital

8,498,699

5,542,538

4,621,412

3,457,051

3,302,786

2,245,508

2,003,460

1,768,029

1,734,333

33,173,816

361,462

33,535,278

45,655,967

18.62%

12.14%

10.12%

7.57%

7.23%

4.92%

4.39%

3.87%

3.80%

72.66%

0.79%

73.45%

100%

Future plc2020

Directors’ shareholdings (audited)

Directors	in	office	at	30	September	2017

Executive

Zillah	Byng-Thorne

Penny	Ladkin-Brand

Non-executive

Peter	Allen

James	Hanbury

Manjit	Wolstenholme

Hugo	Drayton

Total

Restated
Balance	as	at
30	September	2016

On	appointment

Purchases
during	the	year

Balance	as	at
30	September	2017

72,758

10,000

73,333

-

16,859

-

172,950

-

-

-
31,3363

-

-

40,2582

21,780

12,834

14,100

-

-

31,336

88,972

113,016

31,780

86,167

45,436

16,859

-

293,258

Notes:
1.	 All	holdings	are	beneficial.
2.		The	purchase	of	4,615	of	these	shares	was	effected	by	the	exercise	of	4,615	Sharesave	options	on	1	August	2017.	
3.	 	James	Hanbury	received	31,336	shares	as	consideration	for	his	shareholding	in	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited	on	21	October	2016.
4.		Details	of	the	share	options	and	awards	for	executive	Directors	are	set	out	on	page	33.	No	such	options	or	awards	are	granted	to	non-executive	Directors.
5.		The	Group	completed	a	share	consolidation	on	2	February	2017	whereby	15	Ordinary	shares	of	one	pence	were	exchanged	for	one	new	Ordinary	share	of	15	pence.	All	references	to	the	number	of	

shares	prior	to	this	date	have	been	restated.

6.		On	27	November	2017,	following	the	full	vesting	of	the	PSP	award	granted	on	16	July	2014,	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	received	166,667	Ordinary	shares	which	she	sold	on	29	November	2017.	Also	on	27	

November	2017,	following	the	achievement	of	the	2017	Annual	Bonus	EBITDA	target,	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	received	a	bonus	share	award	of	56,022	Ordinary	shares	(of	which	26,333	shares	were	sold	
on	29	November	2017	to	cover	the	tax	and	national	insurance	arising).	Zillah	Byng-Thorne’s	total	shareholding	following	these	transactions	was	142,705	Ordinary	shares.

7.		On	27	November	2017,	following	the	achievement	of	the	2017	Annual	Bonus	EBITDA	target,	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	received	a	bonus	share	award	of	38,515	Ordinary	shares,	resulting	in	a	total	holding	of	

70,295	Ordinary	shares.

does	any	Director	have	a	material	interest	in	
any	contract	of	significance	to	the	Group.

Corporate governance

Corporate responsibility

Significant agreements

The	provisions	of	the	European	Directive	on	
Takeover	Bids	(as	implemented	in	the	UK	in	
the	Companies	Act	2006)	require	the	Company	
to	disclose	any	significant	agreements	which	
take	effect,	alter	or	terminate	upon	a	change	of	
control	of	the	Company.	In	common	with	many	
other	companies,	the	Group’s	bank	facility	
(details	of	which	are	set	out	in	note	18	on	page	
73)	is	terminable	upon	change	of	control	of	the	
Company.	In	common	with	market	practice,	
awards	under	certain	of	the	Group’s	long-
term	incentive	plans	(details	of	which	are	set	
out	in	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	on	
page	31	and	note	24	on	page	79)	will	vest	or	
potentially	be	exchangeable	into	awards	over	
a	purchaser’s	share	capital	upon	change	of	
control	of	the	Company.	There	is	also	a	change	
of	control	provision	in	the	service	agreements	
of	the	two	executive	Directors,	exercisable	
within	three	months	of	a	change	of	control	by	
the	Company	or	on	one	month’s	notice	by	the	
executive	to	expire	no	later	than	three	months	
from	the	date	of	the	change	of	control.		

Financial instruments

Information	in	relation	to	the	Group’s	use	of	
financial	instruments	is	set	out	in	note	22	on	
pages	75	to	78.

The	Board’s	report	on	this	subject	is	set	out	on	
pages	23	to	28.

Political contributions

No	political	contributions	were	made	during	
either	the	current	or	prior	years.

Conflicts of interest

The	Board	has	a	set	of	procedures	to	ensure	
that:	(i)	conflicts	of	interest	are	raised	by	
Directors	(and	any	potential	Directors	prior	
to	appointment);	(ii)	appropriate	guidelines	are	
followed	before	any	conflict	is	authorised	
(including	ensuring	that	only	Directors	who	
have	no	interest	in	the	matter	being	
considered	will	be	able	to	take	the	relevant	
decision	and	in	taking	the	decision	the	
Directors	act	in	a	way	they	consider,	in	good	
faith,	will	be	most	likely	to	promote	the	
Company’s	success);	and	(iii)	records	are	kept	
of	conflicts	of	interest	and	authorisations.	The	
Directors	are	satisfied	that	the	Board’s	powers	
of	authorisation	of	conflicts	are	operating	
effectively	and	that	the	procedures	have	been	
followed.	The	procedures	and	any	
authorisations	will	continue	to	be	reviewed	
annually.

The	Board	considers	that	issues	of	corporate	
responsibility	are	important.	The	Board’s	
report,	including	the	Group’s	policies	on	
employee	involvement	and	disability,	and	a	
statement	on	Greenhouse	Gas	Emissions	for	
the	Group,	is	set	out	on	pages	11	and	12.

Annual General Meeting 2017 

At	the	Company’s	nineteenth	Annual	General	
Meeting,	which	will	be	held	on	Monday	5	
February	2018	at	10:30am	at	Future’s	London	
office	at	1-10	Praed	Mews,	London,	W2	1QY,	
a	number	of	resolutions	will	be	proposed.	The	
resolutions	are	set	out	in	the	Notice	of	Annual	
General	Meeting	on	pages	87	to	88	and	an	
explanation	of	all	proposed	resolutions	is	
provided	below.

Ordinary resolution 1 – Financial 
statements

Shareholders	will	be	asked	to	approve	the	
financial	statements	of	the	Company	for	the	
financial	year	ended	30	September	2017,	
together	with	the	reports	of	the	Directors	and	
auditors.	The	audited	financial	statements	
appear	on	pages	49	to	86.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance 
21

Directors’ 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017

Ordinary resolution 2 – Directors’ 
remuneration implementation report

Shareholders	will	be	asked	to	approve	the	
Directors’	remuneration	implementation	report	
for	the	financial	year	ended	30	September	
2017,	which	is	set	out	on	pages	30	to	36.

£4,565,590	which	represents	approximately	
two	thirds	of	the	Company’s	issued	Ordinary	
shares	(excluding	treasury	shares)	as	at	8	
December	2017.	This	maximum	is	reduced	by	
the	nominal	amount	of	any	equity	securities	
allotted	under	paragraph	11.2	of	the	Notice	of	
AGM;	and

Ordinary resolution 3 – Directors’ 
remuneration policy report

Shareholders	will	be	asked	to	approve	the	
amendments	to	the	Directors’	remuneration	
policy	for	the	three	year	period	commencing	1	
October	2016,	which	are	proposed	within	the	
Directors’	remuneration	policy	report	set	out	
on	pages	38	to	41.

Ordinary resolutions 4 to 8 – Election 
of Richard Huntingford and annual re-
election of other Directors

Following	Richard	Huntingford’s	appointment	
to	the	Board	on	1	December	2017,	he	stands	
for	election	to	confirm	his	appointment.

Consistent	with	our	policy	since	2004,	all	
Directors	with	the	exception	of	Peter	Allen,	
who	has	elected	to	stand	down	at	the	AGM	in	
February	2018,	and	Manjit	Wolstenholme,	who	
sadly	passed	away	on	23	November	2017,	are	
proposed	for	re-election.	Biographical	details	
of	all	Directors	are	set	out	on	page	18.

Ordinary resolutions 9 and 10 – 
Auditors

A	resolution	proposing	the	reappointment	of	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	as	auditors	of	
the	Company	and	authorising	the	Directors	to	
determine	their	remuneration	will	be	proposed	
at	the	Annual	General	Meeting.	An	explanation	
regarding	the	Board’s	proposal	to	reappoint	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	as	auditors	
can	be	found	on	page	28	in	the	Corporate	
Governance	report.

Ordinary resolution 11 – To authorise 
the Directors to issue and allot new 
Ordinary shares

Under	the	provisions	of	section	551	of	the	
Companies	Act	2006	(the	“Act”),	the	Directors	
may	allot	and	issue	Ordinary	shares	only	
if	authorised	to	do	so	by	the	Company’s	
Articles	of	Association	or	by	shareholders	
at	a	shareholders’	meeting.	Consistent	with	
guidance	issued	by	the	Investment	Association	
this	resolution	will,	if	passed,	authorise	the	
Directors	to	allot	shares	up	to	a	maximum	
nominal	value	of	£4,565,590	as	follows:

(a)	in	relation	to	a	pre-emptive	rights	issue	only,	
equity	securities	(as	defined	by	section	560	of	
the	Act)	up	to	a	maximum	nominal	amount	of	

(b)	in	any	other	case,	equity	securities	up	to	
a	maximum	nominal	amount	of	£2,282,795	
which	represents	just	under	one	third	of	the	
Company’s	issued	Ordinary	shares	as	at	8	
December	2017.	This	maximum	is	reduced	by	
the	nominal	amount	of	any	equity	securities	
allotted	under	paragraph	11.1	of	the	Notice	
of	AGM	in	excess	of	£2,282,795.	If	granted,	
this	authority	would	replace	all	previous	
authorities	granted	in	this	connection.	The	
authority	granted	by	this	resolution	will	expire	
on	31	March	2019	or,	if	earlier,	following	the	
conclusion	of	the	next	AGM	of	the	Company.	
If	the	Directors	exercise	the	authority	granted	
under	paragraph	11.1	of	the	Notice	of	AGM,	
they	will	all	stand	for	re-election	at	the	following	
AGM.	

The	Directors	shall	exercise	this	authority	
in	connection	with	exercises	under	share	
incentive	schemes.	In	addition,	there	may	be	
circumstances	where	it	would	be	appropriate	
for	the	Company	to	issue	new	Ordinary	
shares,	such	as	an	acquisition	where	it	might	
be	appropriate	for	the	consideration	to	be	
settled	in	whole,	or	in	part,	by	the	issue	of	new	
Ordinary	shares.	The	Company	does	not	hold	
any	shares	in	treasury.

Ordinary resolution 12 – Approval of 
political donations

It	remains	the	policy	of	the	Company	not	to	
make	political	donations	or	to	incur	political	
expenditure,	as	those	expressions	are	
normally	understood.	However,	following	
broader	definitions	introduced	by	the	Act,	the	
Directors	continue	to	propose	a	resolution	
designed	to	avoid	inadvertent	infringement	of	
these	definitions.

The	Act	requires	companies	to	obtain	
shareholders’	authority	for	donations	to	
registered	political	parties	and	other	political	
organisations	totalling	more	than	£5,000	in	
any	12-month	period,	and	for	any	political	
expenditure,	subject	to	limited	exceptions.	
The	definition	of	donation	in	this	context	is	
very	wide	and	extends	to	bodies	such	as	
those	concerned	with	policy	review,	law	
reform	and	the	representation	of	the	business	
community.	It	could	also	include	special	
interest	groups,	such	as	those	involved	with	
the	environment,	which	the	Company	and	
its	subsidiaries	might	wish	to	support,	even	
though	these	activities	are	not	designed	
to	support	or	to	influence	support	for	any	
particular	political	party.	

Special resolution 13 – Disapplication 
of statutory pre-emption rights

Resolution	13	will,	if	passed,	authorise	the	
Directors	in	certain	circumstances	to	allot	
equity	securities	(as	defined	by	section	
560	of	the	Act)	or	sell	shares	for	cash	other	
than	in	accordance	with	the	statutory	pre-
emption	rights	(which	require	a	company	to	
offer	all	allotments	for	cash	first	to	existing	
shareholders	in	proportion	to	their	holdings).	
The	relevant	circumstances	are	either	where	
the	allotment	takes	place	in	connection	with	
a	rights	issue	or	the	allotment	is	limited	to	
a	maximum	nominal	amount	of	£342,420	
representing	approximately	5%	of	the	nominal	
value	of	the	issued	Ordinary	share	capital	of	
the	Company	as	at	8	December	2017	being	
the	latest	practicable	date	before	publication	
of	the	Notice	of	AGM.	Unless	revoked,	varied	
or	extended,	this	authority	will	expire	at	the	
conclusion	of	the	next	AGM	of	the	Company	or	
31	March	2019,	whichever	is	the	earlier.	

The	figure	of	5%	reflects	the	Pre-Emption	
Group’s	Statement	of	Principles	for	the	
disapplication	of	pre-emption	rights	and	the	
Directors	will	have	due	regard	to	the	Principles	
in	relation	to	the	exercise	of	this	authority.

Special resolution 14 – Additional 
disapplication of pre-emption rights 

This	resolution	seeks	a	further	power	pursuant	
to	the	authority	granted	by	resolution	11	to	
allot	equity	securities	(as	defined	by	section	
560	of	the	Act)	or	sell	shares	for	cash	other	
than	in	accordance	with	the	statutory	pre-
emption	rights	(which	require	a	company	to	
offer	all	allotments	for	cash	first	to	existing	
shareholders	in	proportion	to	their	holdings)	up	
to	a	maximum	nominal	amount	of	£342,420,	
representing	approximately	5%	of	the	nominal	
value	of	the	issued	Ordinary	share	capital	of	
the	Company	as	at	8	December	2017,	being	
the	latest	practicable	date	before	publication	of	
the	Notice	of	AGM.	This	is	in	addition	to	the	5%	
referred	to	in	resolution	13	above	and,	unless	
revoked,	varied	or	extended,	this	authority	will	
expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	AGM	of	the	
Company	or	31	March	2019,	whichever	is	the	
earlier.

The	Directors	will	have	due	regard	to	the	
Pre-Emption	Group’s	Statement	of	Principles	
in	relation	to	the	exercise	of	this	authority	and	
confirm	they	intend	to	use	this	power	only	
where	that	allotment	is	in	connection	with	an	
acquisition	or	specified	capital	investment	
(within	the	meaning	given	in	the	most	recent	
Statement	of	Principles)	which	is	announced	
contemporaneously	with	the	allotment,	or	
which	has	taken	place	in	the	preceding	
six-month	period	and	is	disclosed	in	the	
announcement	of	the	allotment.

Future plc22

liabilities,	financial	position	and	loss	of	the	
Company;

::				the	Group	financial	statements,	which	

have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	
IFRSs	as	issued	by	the	International	
Accounting	Standards	Board	(IASB),	give	
a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	assets,	liabilities,	
financial	position	and	profit	of	the	Group;	and

::				the	Directors’	report	includes	a	fair	review	

of	the	development	and	performance	of	the	
business	and	the	position	of	the	Group	and	
Company,	together	with	a	description	of	the	
principal	risks	and	uncertainties	that	it	faces.

In	the	case	of	each	Director	in	office	at	the	date	
the	Directors’	report	is	approved:

::				so	far	as	the	Director	is	aware,	there	is	no	

relevant	audit	information	of	which	the	Group	
and	Company’s	auditors	are	unaware;	and	

::				they	have	taken	all	the	steps	that	they	

ought	to	have	taken	as	a	Director	in	order	
to	make	themselves	aware	of	any	relevant	
audit	information	and	to	establish	that	the	
Group	and	Company’s	auditors	are	aware	of	
that	information.

Approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	signed	
on	its	behalf	by:

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	 
and	Company	Secretary
8	December	2017

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Special resolution 15 – General 
meetings on 14 days’ notice

Notice	periods	for	AGMs	must	give	at	least	21	
days’	clear	notice.	For	other	general	meetings,	
the	old	minimum	notice	period	of	14	days	
was	increased	to	21	days	by	the	Companies	
(Shareholders’	Rights)	Regulations	2009,	
unless	shareholders	approve	a	shorter	period	
of	at	least	14	clear	days.	In	the	interests	of	
greater	efficiency,	resolution	15	seeks	to	renew	
approval	for	notice	periods	of	at	least	14	clear	
days.	

Action to be taken

A	form	of	proxy	is	included	with	this	Annual	
Report	for	use	in	connection	with	the	Annual	
General	Meeting.	Please	complete	and	return	
the	form	in	accordance	with	the	instructions	
printed	on	it	to	Computershare	Investor	
Services	plc,	The	Pavilions,	Bridgwater	Road,	
Bristol	BS99	6ZY	as	soon	as	possible	and,	in	
any	event,	no	later	than	10:30am	on	1	February	
2018.	The	return	of	the	form	of	proxy	will	not	
prevent	you	from	attending	the	Annual	General	
Meeting	and	voting	in	person	if	you	wish	to	
do	so.	Further	information	about	the	AGM,	
including	about	electronic	appointment	of	
proxies,	is	provided	on	pages	89	to	91.	

Recommendations

The	Board	believes	that	each	of	the	resolutions	
to	be	proposed	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	
is	in	the	best	interests	of	the	Company	and	
its	shareholders	as	a	whole.	Accordingly,	the	
Directors	unanimously	recommend	that	you	
vote	in	favour	of	all	of	the	resolutions	proposed,	
as	they	intend	to	do	in	respect	of	their	own	
beneficial	holdings.

Annual General Meeting procedures 
and result

As	in	previous	years,	the	Company	will:	(a)	
indicate	the	level	of	proxies	lodged	on	each	
resolution;	(b)	announce	the	results	of	voting	
to	the	London	Stock	Exchange;	and	(c)	post	
the	results	of	voting	on	our	corporate	website,	
www.futureplc.com.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	the	
Annual	Report	and	the	financial	statements	in	
accordance	with	applicable	law	and	regulations.

Company	law	requires	the	Directors	to	prepare	
financial	statements	for	each	financial	year.	
Under	that	law	the	Directors	have	prepared	the	
Group	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	
International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	
(IFRSs)	as	issued	by	the	International	
Accounting	Standards	Board	(IASB)	and	

Company	financial	statements	in	accordance	
with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	
(IFRSs)	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union.	
Under	company	law	the	Directors	must	not	
approve	the	financial	statements	unless	they	are	
satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	
state	of	affairs	of	the	Group	and	Company	and	
of	the	profit	or	loss	of	the	Group	and	Company	
for	that	period.	In	preparing	the	financial	
statements,	the	Directors	are	required	to:

::				select	suitable	accounting	policies	and	then	

apply	them	consistently;

::	 state	whether	applicable	IFRSs	as	issued	
by	the	International	Accounting	Standards	
Board	(IASB)	have	been	followed	for	the	
Group	financial	statements	and	IFRSs	
as	adopted	by	the	European	Union	have	
been	followed	for	the	Company	financial	
statements,	subject	to	any	material	
departures	disclosed	and	explained	in	the	
financial	statements;

::	 make	judgements	and	accounting	estimates	

that	are	reasonable	and	prudent;	and
::	 prepare	the	financial	statements	on	the	

going	concern	basis	unless	it	is	
inappropriate	to	presume	that	the	Group	and	
Company	will	continue	in	business.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	
adequate	accounting	records	that	are	sufficient	
to	show	and	explain	the	Group	and	Company’s	
transactions	and	disclose	with	reasonable	
accuracy	at	any	time	the	financial	position	of	the	
Group	and	Company	and	enable	them	to	ensure	
that	the	financial	statements	and	the	Directors’	
remuneration	report	comply	with	the	Companies	
Act	2006	and,	as	regards	the	Group	financial	
statements,	Article	4	of	the	IAS	Regulation.	

The	Directors	are	also	responsible	for	
safeguarding	the	assets	of	the	Group	and	
Company	and	hence	for	taking	reasonable	
steps	for	the	prevention	and	detection	of	fraud	
and	other	irregularities.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	
maintenance	and	integrity	of	the	Company’s	
website.	Legislation	in	the	United	Kingdom	
governing	the	preparation	and	dissemination	of	
financial	statements	may	differ	from	legislation	
in	other	jurisdictions.	

The	Directors	consider	that	the	Annual	Report	
and	Accounts,	taken	as	a	whole,	is	fair,	
balanced	and	understandable	and	provides	
the	information	necessary	for	shareholders	to	
assess	the	Group	and	Company’s	performance,	
business	model	and	strategy.

Each	of	the	Directors,	whose	names	and	
functions	are	listed	in	the	Board	of	Directors	
section	on	pages	17	and	18,	confirm	that	to	the	
best	of	their	knowledge:

::				the	Company	financial	statements,	which	
have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	
IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union,	
give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	assets,	

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance 
23

Corporate 
Governance 
report

“   Good	corporate	

governance	is	
underpinned	by	values,	
vision	and	strategic	

leadership.”

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary

Quick find contents

Board of Directors 
Page	23 

Audit Committee 
Page	26

Nomination Committee
Page	28	

Remuneration Committee
Page	28

Good Practice

Effective	corporate	governance	requires	not	just	compliance	
with	legislative	and	regulatory	requirements,	but	also	applying	
the	principle	of	good	governance	in	the	boardroom	and	
throughout	the	business.		

Our approach to corporate 
governance

In	this	report,	we	provide	detail	on	the	role	
of	the	Board	of	Directors,	followed	by	a	more	
detailed	focus	on	the	work	of	each	of	the	three	
key	committees:	the	Audit	Committee,	the	
Nomination	Committee	and	the	Remuneration	
Committee.	Together,	these	give	a	clear	insight	
into	how	we	manage	corporate	governance	
principles	and	processes	within	the	Group.

As	a	Standard	Listed	entity	the	Group	is	not	
required	to	comply	with	the	requirements	of	
the	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	(April	
2016)	(the	“Code”)	and	therefore	the	Group	has	
not	adopted	the	Code,	however	the	Directors	
continue	to	comply	with	the	spirit	of	the	Code.

1. Board of Directors

was	appointed	to	the	Board	as	a	representative	
of	Disruptive	Capital	Investments	Limited,	
the	Company’s	third	largest	shareholder,	
which	has	the	right	to	appoint	a	Director	to	
the	Board	until	such	time	as	its	shareholding	
in	the	Company	falls	below	10	per	cent	of	the	
issued	share	capital.	Consequently,	the	Board	
does	not	consider	that	James	Hanbury	meets	
the	relevant	independence	criteria.	Manjit	
Wolstenholme	was	the	senior	independent	
non-executive	Director	during	2017	and	the	
search	for	her	successor	is	underway.	There	is	
a	genuine	mix	of	views	and	insights,	as	well	as	
experience.	

Each	non-executive	Director	is	expected	to	
commit	20	days	a	year	to	their	role	to	allow	for	
preparation	for,	and	attendance	at,	Board	and	
Committee	meetings	and	keeping	in	touch	with	
the	senior	management	team,	shareholders	
and	other	stakeholders.

Membership of the Board
The	Board	consists	of	two	executive	and	
four	non-executive	Directors.	Biographies	
of	Directors	and	details	of	their	other	time	
commitments	are	set	out	on	page	18.		

Roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive
The	duties	and	responsibilities	of	the	Board	are	
effectively	divided	so	that	the	Chairman	leads	
the	Board	and	the	Chief	Executive	leads	the	
business.	

Board changes during the year
Following	the	acquisition	of	Imagine	James	
Hanbury	was	appointed	to	the	Board	as	
Deputy	Chairman	on	21	October	2016.	There	
were	no	other	changes	to	the	Board	during	the	
year	ended	30	September	2017.	

Subsequent	to	the	year-end	Peter	Allen	
signalled	his	intention	not	to	seek	re-election	to	
the	Board	and,	very	sadly,	the	Group’s	senior	
independent	non-executive	Director,	Manjit	
Wolstenholme,	passed	away	unexpectedly	
in	November	2017.	In	addition,	Richard	
Huntingford	was	appointed	to	the	Board	as	
an	independent	non-executive	Director	on	1	
December	2017.	Richard	brings	a	wealth	of	
media	experience	and	will	succeed	Peter	Allen	
as	Chairman.	

Role of the non-executive Directors
The	non-executives	play	a	critical	role	on	
the	Board	in	overseeing	and	scrutinising	the	
running	of	the	business	and	in	ensuring	that	
corporate	governance	remains	at	the	top	of	the	
agenda.	

The	non-executive	Directors	all	serve	three-
year	terms,	terminable	by	either	party	on	three	
months’	notice	at	any	time	and	subject	to	their	
election	and	annual	re-election	or	removal	by	
shareholders.	Although	annual	re-election	is	
not	a	requirement	for	Future,	we	believe	it	is	
the	best	way	to	ensure	non-executives	are	
directly	accountable	to	shareholders.

Board meetings
The	Board	had	seven	scheduled	meetings	
during	the	financial	year	and	attendance	is	
summarised	opposite.	The	Board	had	five	
unscheduled	telephone	meetings	to	discuss	
and	approve	aspects	of	the	Imagine	and	home	
interest	acquisitions,	during	which	a	sufficient	
quorum	of	directors	including	the	Chairman	
and	Chief	Executive	were	present.

All	Directors	are	aware	of	the	need	to	be	
available	and	there	is	a	clear	contact	process.	
Board	meetings	are	sometimes	preceded	by	
an	informal	dinner	where	Board	Directors	can	
meet	with	and	discuss	business	issues	with	the	
Group’s	senior	management	team.	

There	is	a	regular	and	comprehensive	
exchange	of	information	between	meetings	to	
ensure	Board	members	are	well	informed	to	
participate	effectively	in	meetings.	Directors	
receive	a	Board	pack	before	each	meeting	with	
minutes	of	the	previous	meeting,	all	papers	
for	agenda	items,	a	report	from	the	Company	
Secretary	summarising	any	key	legal	issues	
and	providing	any	regulatory/legislative	
updates,	and	a	summary	of	share	ownership	
and	recent	share	dealing.	Similar	packs	are	
provided	for	all	Committee	meetings.	Between	
meetings,	the	Board	receives	a	monthly	Board	
report	written	by	the	executive	Directors	
which	summarises	financial	and	operational	
performance	and	provides	updates	on	key	
programmes	within	the	business.

All	of	the	non-executive	Directors,	with	the	
exception	of	James	Hanbury,	are	considered	to	
be	independent	by	the	Board.	James	Hanbury	

There	is	a	written	schedule	of	matters	reserved	
for	the	Board	which	sets	out	those	matters	
that	require	Board	approval	including	setting	

Future plc 
 
	
	
i

Terms of reference for the 
Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees

The	terms	of	reference	for	all	
Committees	are	available	on	 
the	Company’s	website	at	

www.futureplc.com

24

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

strategy,	approving	budgets	and	financial	
statements	and	setting	up	policies.	It	was	
noted	that	42	matters	had	been	considered	
by	the	Board	during	the	year.	The	schedule	is	
available	on	the	Company’s	website	at	
www.futureplc.com.	The	Board	delegates	
day-to-day	operational	matters	to	the	Group’s	
senior	management	team.	

The	appointment	and	removal	of	the	Company	
Secretary	is	a	Board	decision.	The	Directors	
may	also	take	independent	professional	
advice	at	the	Company’s	expense	provided	
that	they	give	notice	to	the	Chairman.	No	
such	advice	was	sought	during	2017.	The	
Company	maintains	appropriate	insurance	for	
its	Directors.

Director

Peter	Allen	

Zillah	Byng-Thorne		

Manjit	Wolstenholme	

Hugo	Drayton	
Penny	Ladkin-Brand	 

James	Hanbury	
(appointed	21	October	2016)	

Attendance	 
(7	scheduled	meetings)

7 of 7

7 of 7

7 of 7 

7 of 7
7 of 7

7 of 7

Board	decisions	are	made	unanimously	
whenever	possible,	but	can	be	made	by	
majority.	If	Directors	have	concerns	that	
cannot	be	resolved	about	the	running	of	the	
Company	or	a	proposed	action,	their	concerns	
are	recorded	in	the	minutes.	No	such	concerns	
arose	in	the	year.	The	Board	regularly	appoints	
a	sub-committee	consisting	of	at	least	two	
Directors	in	order	to	finalise	and	approve	those	
matters	that	have	been	approved	in	principle	
by	the	Board,	subject	to	final	amendments	only.	
A	permanent	sub-committee	consisting	of	at	
least	two	Directors	exists	to	approve	the	issue	
and	allotment	of	new	shares	in	satisfaction	of	
employee	share	schemes.

The	Board	has	a	number	of	nominated	
advisers	(as	listed	on	page	93).	During	the	
last	financial	year	meetings	were	regularly	
held	with	key	advisers	to	keep	them	aware	
of	issues,	and	PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	
attended	Audit	Committee	meetings	and	
briefings	with	members	of	the	executive	and	
senior	finance	teams.

Advice and support
All	Directors	have	access	to	the	Company	
Secretary	who	can	advise	them	on	issues	
of	governance,	best	practice	and	any	other	
legislative	or	regulatory	matters.	

Effective Development

Training and induction
The	Board’s	training	and	development	
policy	requires	that	all	new	Directors	should	
receive	appropriate	induction	on	joining	
the	Board,	both	in	respect	of	the	Group’s	
activities	as	a	whole	and	of	each	operating	
company	individually.	Ongoing	training	for	
Directors	is	available	as	appropriate	whether	
by	presentations	to	the	Board	by	senior	
management	or	more	formally	where	individual	
Directors	request	training	on	specific	issues.	
The	training	and	development	needs	of	each	
individual	Director	are	assessed	and	discussed	
as	part	of	the	annual	Board	performance	
evaluation	process.	The	Board	encourages	
appropriate	training,	and	regular	updates	
and	refresher	sessions	are	provided	by	the	
Company	Secretary	and	the	Company’s	legal	
advisers	and	auditors,	to	inform	the	Board	or	
relevant	Committees	of	important	changes	in	
legislation,	regulation	and	best	practice.

Performance evaluation
The	Directors	completed	a	detailed	Board	
performance	evaluation	questionnaire	as	part	
of	the	annual	performance	evaluation	process.	
Each	questionnaire	was	analysed	and	the	
Chairman	discussed	the	Board’s	performance	
during	the	year	and	any	specific	requirements	
for	training	and	development	with	each	
Director.	The	Board	considers	this	exercise	to	
be	of	significant	value	in	ensuring	a	functional	
and	effective	Board	and	Committees.

The	Chairman	also	met	with	the	non-executive	
Directors	during	the	year	without	the	executive	
Directors,	in	order	to	assess	the	performance	
of	the	executive	Directors.

Summary of performance evaluation

Objectives	for	2017	

Steps	taken	during	2017

Support	management	in	developing	the	 
Executive	Leadership	Committee

Provided	guidance	and	advice	on	succession	
planning	and	the	composition	of	the	Committee

Support	management	grow	the	business	 
through	acquisition

Significant	acquisitions	completed	in	the	year	
including	Imagine	and	home	interest

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance 
 
25

Corporate 
Governance 
report

“   At	Future,	we	remain	

committed	to	ensuring	
that	good	corporate	
governance	is	enshrined	
at	the	heart	of	our	

business.”

 Peter Allen 
Chairman

Internal audit
The	Audit	Committee	and	the	Board	have	
again	during	2017	reconsidered	whether	there	
is	a	need	for	an	internal	audit	function.	It	was	
concluded	that,	whilst	an	independent	internal	
audit	department	with	the	necessary	technical	
skills	is	not	currently	justified,	the	Committee	
should	continue	to	review	this	subject	each	
year.	

Whistle-blowing and anti-bribery policies
As	part	of	its	internal	controls,	the	Group	has	
whistle-blowing	and	anti-bribery	policies	which	
are	updated	regularly	and	published	on	the	
Group’s	intranet	to	encourage	employees	to	
report,	in	good	faith,	any	genuine	suspicions	
of	fraud,	bribery	or	malpractice	in	order	to	
identify	any	problems	within	the	Group	at	an	
early	stage.	The	whistle-blowing	policy	is	also	
designed	to	ensure	that	any	employee	who	
raises	a	genuine	concern	is	protected.	

Relations with shareholders/
communication
We	aim	to	have	an	open	relationship	with	
our	shareholders,	and	shareholders	can	find	
up-to-date	information	on	Group	activities	on	
the	Company’s	website	at	www.futureplc.com.	
There	is	a	specific	Investor	Relations	section	
on	that	site	which	includes	links	to	all	of	the	
Group’s	public	announcements	made	via	the	
Regulatory	News	Service	of	the	London	Stock	
Exchange	including	the	Company’s	latest	
annual	and	interim	results.

All	Directors	are	available	to	meet	
shareholders	at	the	AGM	or	on	request	
by	contacting	the	Chairman	or	Company	
Secretary.	Because	more	than	70%	of	the	
Company’s	shares	are	held	by	significant	
shareholders,	the	executive	Directors	hold	a	
series	of	meetings	presenting	the	interim	and	
annual	results	to	these	shareholders	in	order	
to	update	them	on	the	progress	of	the	business	
and	gauge	their	views	following	the	analyst	
presentations	of	 
the	results.

In	order	that	all	Directors	are	aware	of	the	
views	of	shareholders,	Board	packs	include	a	
note	of	views	as	expressed	by	shareholders	
during	meetings	held	with	Directors	or	as	
reported	to	Directors	through	the	Company’s	
brokers,	together	with	copies	of	analysts’	
notes,	press	articles	and	other	relevant	
information.

Going concern
The	Directors	are	required	to	make	an	
assessment	of	the	Group’s	ability	to	continue	
to	trade	as	a	going	concern.	After	due	
consideration,	the	Directors	have	concluded	
that	there	is	a	reasonable	expectation	that	the	
Group	has	adequate	resources	to	continue	
in	operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	
future.	For	this	reason	they	continue	to	adopt	
the	going	concern	basis	in	preparing	the	
Group’s	financial	statements.

Financial covenant compliance
Key	covenants	are	tested	quarterly	and	the	
Group	was	in	full	compliance	with	all	covenants	
at	all	testing	dates	during	the	year.	The	Group	
has	covenants	in	respect	of	net	debt/bank	
EBITDA	and	bank	EBITDA/interest.	Further	
details	are	included	within	note	18	on	page	73.

Risk management and internal controls
Details	of	the	principal	risks	and	the	Group’s	
approach	to	managing	them	are	set	out	on	
pages	9	and	10.	The	Board	conducted	an	
annual	review	of	financial,	operational,	legal	
and	compliance	risks	with	the	assistance	of	
members	of	the	Group	legal	and	finance	teams	
and	the	Executive	Committee	to	ensure	that	
there	is	a	sound	system	of	internal	controls	in	
place	and	that	these	are	sufficient	to	manage	
(rather	than	eliminate)	those	risks	effectively.	
No	significant	failings	or	weaknesses	were	
identified	as	part	of	this	review.	

The	internal	controls	that	are	in	place	to	ensure	
effective	risk	management	are	structured	to	
ensure	a	timely	flow	of	information	within	the	
Group	and	a	clear	structure	of	delegated	
authority	and	responsibility.	The	main	features	
of	the	Group’s	internal	control	and	risk	
management	systems	are	explained	further	in	
the	following	paragraphs.

The	Board	reviewed	and	endorsed	a	summary	
of	the	Group’s	internal	control	framework	
during	the	year.

The	Group	finance	team	manages	the	financial	
reporting	processes	ensuring	that	there	is	
appropriate	control	and	review	of	the	financial	
information	including	the	production	of	the	
consolidated	financial	statements.	Group	
finance	is	supported	by	commercial	finance	
directors	who	have	the	responsibility	and	
accountability	to	provide	information	in	
accordance	with	the	Group’s	policies	and	
procedures.	

The	Executive	Committee	holds	monthly	
meetings	with	senior	management	in	order	to	
provide	a	proper	opportunity	for	financial	
results	and	other	business	and	operational	
issues	to	be	explored	and	addressed	in	a	
timely	manner.	

Future plc 
 
 
26

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

2. Audit Committee

Member

Manjit	Wolstenholme	
(Chairman	in	2017)1

Peter	Allen

Attendance	
(3	scheduled	meetings)

3 of 3 

3 of 3

2.	Carrying	value	of	goodwill	and	long	 
lived	assets	
IAS	36	requires	an	impairment	test	to	be	
performed	for	goodwill	on	an	annual	basis	or	
where	there	is	an	indication	of	impairment.	
Management	prepared	a	detailed	impairment	
assessment	of	the	UK	business	at	30	
September	2017	and	concluded	that	no	
impairment	was	required.

1.	As	the	Chairman	of	the	Committee	during	2017,	Manjit	
Wolstenholme	had	recent	and	relevant	financial	experience	
and	the	acting	Chairman,	Richard	Huntingford	(appointed	1	
December	2017),	has	recent	and	relevant	financial	experience.	

The	key	assumptions	made	in	that	
assessment	were	as	follows:

The	Audit	Committee’s	primary	objective	is	
to	provide	effective	financial	governance	and	
monitor	the	integrity	of	the	Group’s	financial	
statements	and	internal	controls.

The	Audit	Committee	meets	before	the	interim	
and	annual	results	announcements	and	
reviews	the	relevant	financial	results	with	the	
executive	management	team	and	the	external	
auditors.	The	Audit	Committee	also	meets	
separately	for	the	purposes	of	planning	the	
audit	process,	monitoring	its	effectiveness,	
reviewing	the	Group’s	relationship	with	the	
external	auditors	and	undertaking	a	detailed	
review	of	the	Group’s	internal	controls	and	risk	
management	systems.	It	considered	whether	
the	2017	Annual	Report	was	fair,	balanced	
and	understandable	and	advised	the	Board	
accordingly.	

The	Audit	Committee	carries	out	the	functions	
required	by	rule	7.1.3	of	the	Disclosure	and	
Transparency	Rules.

Significant financial reporting judgements 
The	Audit	Committee	discussed	the	key	risks	
and	judgements	with	management	and	the	
auditors	as	part	of	the	audit	planning	process	in	
July	2017.	At	the	same	time	they	discussed	and	
agreed	upon	appropriate	levels	of	materiality	
in	the	context	of	the	anticipated	results	for	the	
year.	As	a	result	of	those	discussions	an	audit	
plan	was	agreed	and	subsequently	executed.

The	significant	judgements	considered	in	
relation	to	the	financial	statements	for	the	
year	ended	30	September	2017,	which	were	
originally	identified	and	discussed	as	part	of	the	
planning	process	referred	to	above,	are	set	out	
below	and	were	addressed	as	follows:

1.	Revenue	recognition
The	area	of	revenue	which	carries	the	most	
judgement	is	newstrade	revenue	(both	
domestic	and	export).	Management	has	
carefully	considered	the	estimates	of	returns	
made	in	respect	of	newstrade	revenues	and	
the	recognition	of	revenues	on	the	larger	
advertising	contracts	and	have	concluded	
that	they	are	appropriate.	The	estimates	and	
judgements	made	have	been	discussed	with	
the	auditors	and	the	Audit	Committee.

-		Long	term	growth	rate	to	perpetuity	2.0%

-	 EBITDA	margins	assumed	12.0%	to	

12.9%

-		Discount	rate	(post-tax)	7.7%		

The	Audit	Committee	agreed	with	
management’s	conclusion	that	no	
impairment	is	required.

3.	Exceptional	items
Due	to	the	continued	restructuring	of	
the	business	and	significant	acquisition	
related	activity	there	are	a	number	of	items	
considered	exceptional	in	nature.	The	Audit	
Committee	has	discussed	the	items	with	
the	auditors	and	agrees	with	the	conclusion	
that	these	items	should	be	presented	as	
exceptional.	

4.	Acquisition	accounting
The	Audit	Committee	has	reviewed	
the	acquisition	accounting	prepared	by	
management,	including	the	fair	value	
assessments	performed	on	the	opening	
balance	sheets	for	both	the	Imagine	and	
home	interest	acquisitions,	and	agrees	with	
the	judgements	made.

Audit fees
The	Audit	Committee	has	reviewed	
the	remuneration	received	by	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	for	non-audit	
work	conducted	during	the	financial	year.	The	
fees	for	non-audit	work	were	higher	than	the	
audit	fee	due	to	work	performed	in	a	reporting	
accountant	capacity	and	due	diligence	in	
respect	of	the	Imagine	and	home	interest	
acquisitions.	For	further	details	regarding	fees	
paid,	see	note	3	to	the	financial	statements	on	
page	61.

Auditors’ independence
The	Audit	Committee	monitors	the	Company’s	
safeguards	against	compromising	the	
objectivity	and	independence	of	the	external	
auditors	by	performing	an	annual	review	of	
non-audit	services	provided	to	the	Group	and	
their	cost,	reviewing	whether	the	auditors	
believe	there	are	any	relationships	that	may	
affect	their	independence	and	obtaining	written	
confirmation	from	the	auditors	that	they	are	

i

Re-election of Directors 

We	are	not	required	to	offer	
all	our	Directors	up	for	annual	
election,	however,	all	our	
Directors	take	individual	and	
collective	responsibility	for	
the	decisions	that	the	Board	
makes	and	are	happy	to	let	
shareholders	judge	their	
performance	by	standing	for	
annual	re-election.	We	have	
followed	this	practice	since	the	
AGM	in	2005.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance 
 
 
27

Future plc

Corporate 
Governance 
report

28

i

Investor Relations

For	copies	of	all	of	the	Group’s	
public	announcements	made	 
via	the	RNS	and	copies	of	 
the	Committees’	terms	of	 
reference	visit	

www.futureplc.com/invest-in-future

independent.	The	Committee	has	reviewed	
the	Group’s	audit	independence	policy	and	
is	comfortable	that	it	aligns	to	the	Financial	
Reporting	Council’s	latest	guidance.

For	the	financial	year	ended	30	September	
2017,	the	Audit	Committee	has	conducted	
its	review	of	the	auditors’	independence	and	
concluded	that	no	conflict	of	interest	exists	
between	PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP’s	audit	
and	non-audit	work,	and	that	their	involvement	
in	non-audit	matters,	which	(as	noted	on	page	
26)	mainly	comprised	advice	in	respect	of	
the	Imagine	and	home	interest	acquisitions,	
was	the	most	effective	way	of	conducting	the	
Group’s	business	during	the	year.

Following	discussion	of	the	skills	and	
contribution	of	each	Director,	the	Nomination	
Committee	supports	the	proposed	re-election	
of	all	Directors	standing	for	re-election	at	the	
2018	AGM.	In	line	with	best	practice,	each	
Committee	member	seeking	re-election	was	
excluded	from	approving	the	proposal	for	their	
re-election.		

4. Remuneration Committee

Member

Manjit	Wolstenholme	
(Chairman	in	2017)1

Attendance	
(3	scheduled	meetings)

3 of 3 

3 of 3

3 of 3

3 of 3

Auditors appointment policy
The	Audit	Committee	has	reviewed	its	policy	
for	appointing	auditors	and	awarding	non-audit	
work.

Peter	Allen

Hugo	Drayton

James	Hanbury

The	Group	has	used	PricewaterhouseCoopers	
LLP	for	reporting	accountant	work	on	both	the	
acquisitions	of	Imagine	and	home	interest	and	
also	working	capital	advisory	work	on	the	
acquisition	of	home	interest.	The	Audit	
Committee	considered	whether	this	constituted	
a	threat	to	independence	and	confirmed	that	it	
was	comfortable	that	there	were	appropriate	
safeguards	in	place.	

On	the	recommendation	of	the	Audit	
Committee,	the	Board	has	decided	that	it	is	in	
the	best	interests	of	the	Company	to	
put	a	resolution	to	shareholders	that	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP,	who	have	been	
the	Company’s	external	auditors	for	
19	years,	be	reappointed	as	auditors	for	the	
forthcoming	year.	The	resolution	to	appoint	
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	will	propose	
that	they	hold	office	until	the	conclusion	of	the	
next	Annual	General	Meeting	at	which	
accounts	are	laid	before	the	Company,	at	a	
level	of	remuneration	to	be	determined	by	the	
Directors.

3. Nomination Committee

1.	Richard	Huntingford	was	appointed	acting	Chairman	of	the	
Committee	on	1	December	2017.

There	were	three	scheduled	meetings	during	the	
year.

The	Remuneration	Committee	determines	the	
remuneration	packages	of	executive	Directors,	
including	performance-related	awards	and	
share-based	incentives,	remuneration	policy,	
which	includes	the	individual	bonus	targets	
for	executive	Directors	and	performance	
criteria	attached	to	share-based	incentives,	
the	remuneration	of	the	Chairman,	
recommendations	of	remuneration	levels	for	
non-executive	Directors	and	senior	management	
in	line	with	industry	remuneration	packages	and	
the	implementation	of	any	new	share-based	
incentive	scheme	proposed	to	be	implemented.	
The	Directors’	remuneration	report	is	set	out	on	
pages	29	to	41.	

Approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	signed	
on	its	behalf	by:

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Member

Peter	Allen	(Chairman)

Manjit	Wolstenholme	

Hugo	Drayton

James	Hanbury

Attendance	
(1	scheduled	meeting)

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	 
and	Company	Secretary	
8	December	2017

1 of 1

1 of 1

1 of 1

1 of 1

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance 
29

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017

Annual statement

The	remuneration	philosophy	is	designed	to	ensure	that	reward	for	
performance	is	competitive	and	appropriate	for	the	future	development	
of,	and	results	delivered	by,	the	Group.	The	remuneration	policy	
seeks	to	align	remuneration	with	shareholder	interests	based	on	the	
achievement	of	strategic	objectives	and	financial	performance.

Dear	shareholders,	

I	am	pleased	to	present	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	for	the	financial	year	ended	30	
September	2017.	This	report	has	been	prepared	on	behalf	of	the	Future	plc	Board	by	the	
Remuneration	Committee,	and	has	been	approved	by	the	Future	plc	Board.

As	required	under	the	Large	and	Medium-sized	Companies	and	Groups	(Accounts	
and	Reports)	(Amendment)	Regulations	2013	(Sl	2013/1981)	Directors’	Remuneration	
Regulations,	this	report	is	split	into	three	sections:	this	letter,	an	Implementation	report,	
setting	out	details	of	Directors’	remuneration	for	the	financial	year	ended	30	September	
2017,	and	a	Remuneration	policy	report,	setting	out	the	Group’s	remuneration	policy	
(“Policy”)	for	executive	and	non-executive	Directors	for	the	three-year	period	from	1	
October	2016.		

The	key	challenges	faced	by	the	Remuneration	Committee	during	the	year	involved	
assessing	the	level	and	make-up	of	the	executive	Directors’	remuneration	packages,	
including	the	grant	of	share-based	incentive	awards	and	the	basis	of	performance-related	
bonuses,	details	of	which	are	set	out	in	the	Implementation	report	and	the	Policy.	In	
particular	the	Committee,	after	taking	advice	from	remuneration	specialists	at	Ernst	&	
Young	focused	its	efforts	on	ensuring	that	the	remuneration	packages	received	by	the	
executive	Directors	recognise	their	contribution	to	transforming	the	Group’s	performance	
and	market	capitalisation	as	well	as	continue	to	incentivise	going	forwards.

The	Committee	also	considered	the	remuneration	of	non-executive	Directors	and	has	
proposed	amendments	to	the	current	remuneration	policy	to	be	tabled	at	the	AGM	in	
February	2018	to	ensure	that	these	fees	reflect	prevailing	market	rates.	The	amendments	
to	the	policy	will	be	subject	to	a	binding	shareholder	vote	at	the	Company’s	AGM	on	5	
February	2018	and	will	take	effect	immediately	thereafter.

The	remuneration	philosophy	is	designed	to	ensure	that	reward	for	performance	is	
competitive	and	appropriate	to	the	significantly	increased	scale	and	market	capitalisation	
of	the	Group	following	the	transformation	of	the	business	combined	with	the	significant	
acquisitions	of	Imagine	and	home	interest	in	2017,	as	well	as	the	future	development	of	the	
Group.	The	remuneration	policy	seeks	to	align	remuneration	with	shareholder	interests	
based	on	the	achievement	of	strategic	objectives	and	financial	performance.	As	a	result,	
remuneration	levels	are	designed	to	reflect	the	relative	performance	of	the	business	for	the	
relevant	period.	

We	believe	that	the	Policy	will	incentivise	the	team	to	deliver	growth	in	the	short,	medium	
and	long	term	and	hope	to	receive	your	continued	support	at	the	Company’s	2018	AGM.

Peter Allen
(on	behalf	of	the	Remuneration	Committee)
8	December	2017

Quick find contents

Implementation report
Page	30	

Remuneration policy 
report 
Page	38

Future plc 
Implementation report

The	following	report	provides	details	of	Directors’	remuneration	
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017.	In	setting	remuneration	
for	the	year,	the	Committee	applied	the	principles	set	out	in	the	
Remuneration	policy	report.

30

Remuneration Committee

Three	independent	non-executive	Directors	
served	on	the	Remuneration	Committee	during	
the	year	to	30	September	2017:	Manjit	
Wolstenholme	chaired	the	Committee	during	
the	year	and	both	Peter	Allen	and	Hugo	
Drayton	served	throughout	the	year.	James	
Hanbury	joined	the	Committee	following	his	
appointment	to	the	Board	on	21	October	2016.
Richard	Huntingford	was	appointed	as	acting	
Chairman	of	the	Committee	in	December	2017.	
Penny	Ladkin-Brand	acted	as	Secretary	to	the	
Committee	throughout	the	year.	

The	Committee	is	responsible	for	determining	
the	basic	annual	salaries,	incentive	
arrangements	and	terms	of	employment	
of	executive	Directors,	for	making	
recommendations	regarding	non-executive	
Directors’	fees,	the	level	and	make-up	of	the	
remuneration	packages	of	senior	managers,	

including	bonus	schemes	and	share-based	
incentives,	and	ensuring	that	remuneration	
policies	and	practices	do	not	encourage	
excessive	risk-taking.	The	Committee	is	also	
responsible	for	fixing	the	Chairman’s	
remuneration	and	approving	the	terms	of	any	
new	share-based	incentive	scheme	for	any	
employees	of	the	Group,	subject,	where	
appropriate,	to	shareholder	approval.	

It	is	the	Board	that	is	responsible	for	
determining	the	remuneration	of	non-executive	
Directors	following	the	recommendation	of	the	
Committee	as	set	out	on	page	32	and	35.

No	Director	is	involved	in	deciding	his	or	her	
own	remuneration.	As	explained	on	page	24,	
the	terms	of	reference	of	the	Remuneration	
Committee,	reviewed	annually,	are	available	on	
the	Company’s	website.

Performance-related bonus (Annual 
Bonus Scheme)

Operation of the scheme

The	performance-related	bonus	is	subject	to	
profit	related	performance	criteria,	although	the	
Committee	has	discretion	to	vary	the	potential	
total	maximum	bonus,	the	weighting	of	the	
variable	elements	and	the	stretch	of	the	targets	
in	order	to	incentivise	or	recruit	executive	
Directors,	provided	that	the	total	potential	
maximum	bonus	payable	for	any	year	shall	not	
exceed	150%	of	salary	and	the	bonus	shall	
only	be	payable	for	over	performance.	During	
2017,	a	profit	pool	bonus	was	introduced	for	
all	employees	across	the	Group,	including	
the	executive	Directors.	The	maximum	bonus	
payable	during	2017	was	95%	of	current	basic	
annual	salary	for	both	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	as	
Chief	Executive	and	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	as	
Chief	Financial	Officer.

Single Total Figure of Remuneration (audited)

The	remuneration	of	the	Directors	is	set	out	below:	

Salary/fees

Benefits1

Annual	bonus2

PSP3

Pension

Total

2017 
£’000

2016 
£’000

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2017 
£’000

2016 
£’000

2017 
£’000

2016 
£’000

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2017 
£’000

2016 
£’000

Executive Directors in office as  
at 30 September 2017

Zillah	Byng-Thorne4
Penny	Ladkin-Brand4

Total for executive Directors

Non-executive Directors in office as 
at 30 September 2017

Peter	Allen

Manjit	Wolstenholme
James	Hanbury5

Hugo	Drayton

350

250

600

95

50

60

40

300

178

478

101

50

-

40

Total for non-executive Directors

245

191

10

-

10

-

-

-

-

-

10

-

10

640

324

964

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total

845

669

10

10

964

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,452

921

2,373

-

-

-

-

-

2,373

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

44

11

55

-

-

-

-

-

37

8

45

2,496

1,506

4,002

347

186

533

101

50

-

40

95

50

60

40

-

-

-

-

-

245

191

55

45

4,247

724

Notes:
1.		Benefits	for	executive	Directors	comprise	principally	car	allowance,	private	health	insurance	and	life	assurance.	There	were	no	taxable	expenses	paid	to	any	Director	in	the	year.	
2.		Details	relating	to	the	Annual	Bonus	Scheme	are	set	out	on	pages	30	and	31.	In	addition	to	amounts	included	in	respect	of	the	Annual	Bonus	Scheme	for	2017,	both	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	and	Penny	

Ladkin-Brand	received	transaction	bonuses	of	£350,000	and	£125,000	respectively	following	the	successful	completion	and	integration	of	the	Imagine	acquisition	in	October	2016.	During	2016,	both	
Zillah	Byng-Thorne	and	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	waived	their	entitlement	to	any	performance	bonus	(although	the	criteria	had	been	partly	satisfied)	and	as	a	result	no	bonus	payment	was	made	in	2016.	

3.		Details	relating	to	the	Performance	Share	Plan	(“PSP”)	are	set	out	on	page	31.	The	amount	included	in	the	table	above	in	respect	of	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	relates	to	the	PSP	award	granted	on	16	July	
2014	which	vested	in	full	on	27	November	2017,	following	the	achievement	of	performance	criteria	over	the	three-year	period	ended	30	September	2017,	and	25%	of	the	PSP	awards	granted	on	23	
November	2016	and	2	February	2017	which	will	vest	on	23	November	2019,	following	the	achievement	of	the	adjusted	EBITDA	target	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017.	The	value	of	the	July	2014	
award	has	been	calculated	using	the	share	price	on	the	date	of	vesting	of	382p	and	the	value	of	the	November	2016	and	February	2017	awards	has	been	calculated	using	the	average	share	price	for	
the	last	three	months	of	the	financial	year	of	308p,	as	the	award	had	not	vested	at	the	date	of	this	report.	The	amount	included	in	respect	of	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	relates	to	the	PSP	award	granted	on	2	
August	2015	which	will	vest	in	full	on	2	August	2018,	following	the	achievement	of	performance	criteria	over	the	three-year	period	ended	30	September	2017,	and	25%	of	the	PSP	awards	granted	on	23	
November	2016	and	2	February	2017	which	will	vest	on	23	November	2019,	following	the	achievement	of	the	adjusted	EBITDA	target	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017.	As	these	awards	had	not	
vested	at	the	date	of	this	report,	the	value	above	has	been	calculated	using	the	average	share	price	for	the	last	three	months	of	the	financial	year	of	308p.

4.		Zillah	Byng-Thorne	received	a	cash	supplement	in	lieu	of	pension	contribution	with	effect	from	1	July	2016	and	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	received	a	cash	supplement	in	lieu	of	pension	contribution	with	

effect	from	1	November	2016.	These	additional	cash	payments	are	not	included	in	determining	their	entitlement	to	any	bonus,	share-based	incentive	or	pension	entitlement.	

5.		James	Hanbury	was	appointed	to	the	Board	on	21	October	2016.
6.		Richard	Huntingford	was	appointed	to	the	Board	on	1	December	2017	and	consequently	no	remuneration	is	included	in	the	table	above.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance 
31

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017

Payment	of	any	performance-related	bonus	
under	the	Annual	Bonus	Scheme	is	usually	
made	in	December,	following	announcement	
of	the	preliminary	results	and	conclusion	of	the	
audit	in	respect	of	the	preceding	financial	year.	
Payment	of	any	performance-related	bonus	
is	also	subject	to	the	executive	Director	being	
in	the	Company’s	employment	at	the	time	of	
payment	of	such	performance-related	bonus	
and	not	having	given	or	received	notice	of	
termination	of	employment	and	certain	other	
events	not	having	occurred.

Performance targets

The	performance-related	bonus	for	the	
executive	Directors	during	2017	comprised	two	
elements.	A	maximum	of	45%	of	current	basic	
annual	salary	was	payable	under	the	profit	pool	
bonus	subject	to	the	achievement	of	target	
EBITDA	and	a	further	50%	of	current	basic	
annual	salary	was	payable	in	shares,	which	
must	be	held	for	at	least	one	year,	subject	to	
the	achievement	of	target	EBITDA.

The	profit	criteria	for	payment	of	the	profit	pool	
bonus	set	for	2017	was	in	a	range	from	101%	to	
120%	target	EBITDA,	as	follows:

::	If	EBITDA	is	at	or	below	target	EBITDA,	no	
profit-related	bonus	will	be	payable.	

::	If	EBITDA	target	is	exceeded	by	10%	or	
more,	50%	of	the	potential	maximum	of	the	
profit-related	bonus	will	be	payable.

::	If	EBITDA	target	is	exceeded	by	20%	or	
more,	100%	of	the	potential	maximum	of	the	
profit-related	bonus	will	be	payable.

::	If	EBITDA	falls	in	between	any	of	the	above	
levels,	a	percentage	of	the	potential	maximum	
profit-related	bonus	will	be	payable,	on	a	pro	
rata	basis	to	the	levels	expressed	above,	in	
the	event	that	the	Committee	determines,	in	
its	absolute	discretion,	that	such	payment	is	
merited	by	the	individual.

The	profit	criteria	in	respect	of	the	shares	
bonus	was	a	specified	target	EBITDA,	which	
had	to	be	met	in	full	in	order	for	the	bonus	
shares	to	be	issued.

The	EBITDA	target	is	not	disclosed	as	this	
is	believed	to	be	a	commercially	sensitive	
number	but	it	is	set	by	the	Committee	to	be	
challenging	and	is	set	by	reference	to	the	
budget	for	the	relevant	financial	year.	

Actual performance against targets  
for the year

Based	on	EBITDA	performance	achieved	for	
2017,	the	Chief	Executive	and	the	Chief	Financial	
Officer	were	each	awarded	a	profit	pool	bonus	of	
22.5%	of	their	current	salary	and	a	shares	bonus	
of	50%	of	their	current	salary.

2005 Performance Share Plan (PSP) 

Operation of the scheme
The	PSP	has	been	in	operation	since	2005	
and	is	designed	to	reward	performance,	
usually	over	a	three-year	period	in	the	context	
of	performance	targets	which	are	designed	to	
align	the	interests	of	the	executive	Directors	
with	those	of	the	shareholders.	Those	targets	
are	set	out	below.	The	maximum	amount	of	an	
award	in	any	financial	year	is	normally	100%	
of	basic	annual	salary.	However,	in	exceptional	
circumstances,	where	it	is	felt	necessary	
to	provide	further	incentive	to	the	executive	
Directors,	awards	of	up	to	400%	of	basic	annual	
salary	may	be	approved.	Awards	under	this	
scheme	are	granted	to	executive	Directors	and	
certain	key	employees.	The	PSP	will	expire	in	
January	2025,	following	its	renewal	in	January	
2015	for	a	further	10	years.	

Subject	to	the	executive	Directors	remaining	in	
employment	at	the	vesting	date,	awards	granted	
shall	vest	subject	to	the	following	performance	
criteria	having	been	met	at	the	end	of	the	
relevant	three-year	measurement	period.

Performance criteria in respect of 
awards granted during the year ended 30 
September 2017

EBITDA (50% of award)

25%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	
adjusted	EBITDA	for	the	year	ended	30	
September	2017	is	at	or	above	target.	If	the	
Group’s	adjusted	EBITDA	is	below	target,	none	
of	that	25%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

25%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	
adjusted	EBITDA	for	the	year	ending	30	
September	2018	is	at	or	above	target.	If	the	
Group’s	adjusted	EBITDA	is	below	target,	none	
of	that	25%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

Share price performance (50% of award)

25%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Company’s	
share	price	performance	in	the	period	from	
the	date	of	grant	to	30	September	2018	is	at	
or	above	target.	If	the	Company’s	share	price	
performance	is	below	target,	none	of	that	25%	of	
the	award	will	vest.	

25%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Company’s	
share	price	performance	in	the	period	from	
the	date	of	grant	to	30	September	2019	is	at	
or	above	target.	If	the	Company’s	share	price	
performance	is	below	target,	none	of	that	25%	of	
the	award	will	vest.	

Performance criteria in respect of awards 
granted between 30 November 2015 and 
30 September 2016

Earnings Per Share (50% of award)

Adjusted	EPS	for	the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period	of	at	least	18.0p	for	this	
part	of	the	award	to	vest	(at	this	level	the	vested	

amount	is	25%	of	this	part	of	the	award),	with	
full	vesting	at	22.5p	and	on	a	straight-line	basis	
between	these	amounts.

Net Cash Flow (50% of award)

Net	Cash	Flow	for	the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period	of	at	least	£(0.25)m	for	this	
part	of	the	award	to	vest	(at	this	level	the	vested	
amount	is	25%	of	this	part	of	the	award),	with	full	
vesting	at	£0.75m	and	on	a	straight-line	basis	
between	these	amounts.

Performance criteria in respect of awards 
granted between 16 July 2014 and 29 
November 2015

In	July	2017,	the	Remuneration	Committee	
exercised	its	discretion	to	change	the	
performance	criteria	in	respect	of	the	award	
granted	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	in	July	2014	
from	TSR	performance	and	EPS	growth	to	
absolute	EPS	and	net	cash	flow	in	order	to	align	
the	performance	criteria	for	awards	made	to	
the	executive	Directors.	The	Committee	also	
extended	the	vesting	date	from	16	July	2017	to	
27	November	2017.	The	performance	criteria	
are	as	follows:

Earnings Per Share (50% of award)

Adjusted	EPS	for	the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period	of	at	least	15.0p	for	this	
part	of	the	award	to	vest	(at	this	level	the	vested	
amount	is	25%	of	this	part	of	the	award),	with	
full	vesting	at	21.0p	and	on	a	straight-line	basis	
between	these	amounts.

Net Cash Flow (50% of award)

Net	Cash	Flow	for	the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period	of	at	least	£0.25m	for	this	
part	of	the	award	to	vest	(at	this	level	the	vested	
amount	is	25%	of	this	part	of	the	award),	with	full	
vesting	at	£1.25m	and	on	a	straight-line	basis	
between	these	amounts.

Performance against targets in respect of 
the 16 December 2013 awards

The	movement	in	EPS	for	the	relevant	
measurement	period	was	-33%	for	the	total	
Group	and	TSR	performance	placed	the	
Company	13th	within	the	group	of	16	comparator	
companies.	Consequently,	the	PSP	award	
granted	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	on	16	December	
2013	lapsed	in	its	entirety	on	16	December	2016.

Future plc32

Performance against targets in respect of 
the awards granted on 16 July 2014 and 2 
August 2015

The	adjusted	diluted	EPS	for	the	relevant	
measurement	period	was	21.0p	for	the	Group	
and	the	net	cash	flow	was	£8.9m	(after	making	
adjustments	for	net	debt	acquired	with	Imagine	
and	debt	drawn	down	to	fund	the	acquisition	of	
home	interest).	Consequently,	the	PSP	award	
granted	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	on	16	July	2014	
vested	in	full	on	27	November	2017	and	the	
PSP	award	granted	to	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	on	2	
August	2015	will	vest	in	full	on	2	August	2018.

Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

Non-executive	Directors	do	not	participate	
in	any	of	the	Company’s	share	incentive	
arrangements,	nor	do	they	receive	any	benefits.	
Their	fees	are	reviewed	every	three	years.	The	
Chairman’s	fees	are	set	by	the	Committee,	and	
those	for	the	non-executive	Directors	are	set	by	
the	Board	as	a	whole.	

Pension entitlements (audited)

Payments for loss of office (audited)

The	only	element	of	remuneration	that	is	
pensionable	is	basic	annual	salary,	excluding	
performance-related	bonuses	and	benefits	in	
kind.	During	the	year	ended	30	September	
2017,	employer’s	pension	contributions	were	
payable	for	the	executive	Directors	at	a	rate	of	
12.5%	for	the	Chief	Executive	and	up	to	6%	for	
the	Chief	Financial	Officer.	The	entitlement	to	
employer’s	pension	contributions	was	paid	in	
cash	as	a	salary	supplement	to	Zillah	
Byng-Thorne,	with	effect	from	1	July	2016,	and	
to	Penny	Ladkin-Brand,	with	effect	from	1	
November	2016.	This	additional	cash	payment	
is	not	included	in	determining	their	entitlement	
to	any	performance-related	bonus,	share-
based	incentive	or	pension.	The	Company	had	
no	liability	in	respect	of	the	executive	Directors’	
pensions	as	at	30	September	2017.	Normal	
retirement	age	under	the	scheme	rules	is	75.

Payments to past Directors (audited)

No	payments	were	made	to	any	past	
Directors	during	the	financial	year	ended	30	
September	2017.

During	the	financial	year	to	30	September	2017	
no	payments	in	respect	of	loss	of	office	were	
made.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding 
and share interests (audited)

The	Company	has	a	policy	on	share	ownership	
by	executive	Directors	which	requires	that	any	
such	Director	should	accumulate	a	holding	in	
shares	over	a	five	year	period	from	appointment	
where	the	value	of	those	shares	represents	at	
least	one	times	salary.	

In	respect	of	Zillah	Byng-Thorne,	the	relevant	
five	year	period	commenced	on	1	November	
2013	and	will	end	on	31	October	2018.	As	at	
30	September	2017,	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	had	a	
holding	of	113,016	shares	which,	at	the	share	
price	on	the	same	date,	were	worth	£349,785.		

In	respect	of	Penny	Ladkin-Brand,	the	period	
commenced	on	3	August	2015	and	will	end	on	2	
August	2020.	As	at	30	September	2017,	Penny	
Ladkin-Brand	had	a	holding	of	31,780	shares	
which,	at	the	share	price	on	the	same	date,	
were	worth	£98,359.

Details	of	Directors’	shareholdings	are	set	out	
on	page	20	of	the	Directors’	report.

Share incentives awarded during the year (audited) 

PSP Grants

Zillah	Byng-Thorne

23	November	2016

200%

Date of award

% salary

Value (£)

700,000

Penny	Ladkin-Brand

23	November	2016

200%

500,000

% vesting at 
min performance

No. shares 
awarded

75%

75%

529,702

378,358

Zillah	Byng-Thorne

2	February	2017

200%

700,000

75%

529,702

Penny	Ladkin-Brand

2	February	2017

200%

500,000

75%

378,358

Performance period

1	October	2016	–	30	
September	2019

1	October	2016	–	30	
September	2019

1	October	2016	–	30	
September	2019

1	October	2016	–	30	
September	2019

Notes:
1.	 The	value	of	the	PSP	awards	are	usually	calculated	using	the	share	price	at	the	date	of	grant,	which	was	132.15p	per	share	for	the	23	November	2016	awards	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	and	Penny	
Ladkin-Brand.	The	value	of	the	awards	granted	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	and	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	on	2	February	2017	was	based	on	the	same	share	price	as	the	awards	granted	on	23	November	
2016	as	they	were	considered	to	be	part	of	the	same	share	award.

2.		The	PSP	awards	are	exercisable	at	nil	value.
3.		The	performance	conditions	attached	to	the	grant	of	the	above	awards	are	the	same	as	set	out	on	page	31.
4.	 The	percentage	vesting	at	minimum	performance	represents	the	50%	vesting	of	the	EBITDA	element	and	the	100%	vesting	of	the	share	price	performance	element	of	the	award	as	the	relevant	

criteria	have	been	met	in	full	at	8	December	2017.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance 
33

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017

Company performance

The	performance	graph	opposite	shows	the	
TSR	on	a	holding	of	shares	in	the	Company	
compared	with	the	FTSE	All	Share	Media	
Index	(UK	companies).

The	following	is	a	list	of	the	companies	
currently	included	in	the	FTSE	All	Share	Media	
Index	(UK	companies):	

4 Imprint Group
Ascential
Auto Trader Group
Bloomsbury Publishing
Entertainment One 
Euromoney Instl. Investor
Gocompare.com
Huntsworth
Informa
ITE Group
ITV

Moneysupermarket.com GP
Pearson
RELX
Rightmove
Sky
STV Group
Tarsus Group
Trinity Mirror
UBM
WPP 
Zoopla Property Group

Directors’ interests in share schemes (audited) 

Details	of	options	and	other	share	incentives	held	by	executive	Directors	and	movements	during	the	year	are	set	out	below,	including	details	of	the	
awards	made	during	the	year.

PSP1
Zillah	Byng-Thorne4

Date	of	grant

16	Dec	2013

16	Jul	2014

30 Nov 2015

23 Nov 2016

2	Feb	2017

Penny	Ladkin-Brand

3	Aug	2015

30 Nov 2015

23 Nov 2016

2	Feb	2017

Price	
paid	
for 
grant

Earliest	 
exercise	date

Expiry	 
date

Restated	
Exercise	
price per 
share	(p)	

Restated	
Balance	at	
1	Oct	
2016

Granted	
during	the
year3

Vested	
during	the	
year

Lapsed	 
unexercised	
during	 
the	year

Balance at  
30 Sept 
2017

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

16	Dec	2016

27 Nov 2017

30 Nov 2018

23 Nov 2019

23 Nov 2019

3	Aug	2018

30 Nov 2018

23 Nov 2019

23 Nov 2019

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

133,334

166,667

166,667

-

-

-

-

-

529,702

529,702

109,856

83,334

-

-

-

-

378,358

378,358

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(133,334)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

166,667

166,667

529,702

529,702

109,856

83,334

378,358

378,358

-

Sharesave2
Zillah	Byng-Thorne

13	Dec	2013

Nil

1	Feb	2017

1	Aug	2017

195.0

4,615

-

(4,615)

Notes:
1.	 The	performance	criteria	which	apply	to	awards	granted	under	the	PSP	scheme	are	set	out	on	page	31.	
2.	 Details	of	the	Sharesave	scheme,	which	has	no	performance	conditions,	are	set	out	in	note	24	on	page	81.	
3.	 The	market	price	at	the	time	of	grant	of	the	PSP	award	on	23	November	2016	was	132.15p	per	share	and	this	price	was	also	used	for	the	grant	of	the	PSP	award	on	2	February	2017	as	they	were	

considered	to	be	part	of	the	same	share	award.

4.		In	July	2017	the	Remuneration	Committee	exercised	its	discretion	to	change	the	performance	criteria	in	respect	of	the	award	granted	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	in	July	2014	from	TSR	performance	and	

EPS	growth	to	absolute	EPS	and	net	cash	flow	in	order	to	align	the	performance	criteria	for	awards	made	to	the	executive	Directors.	The	Committee	also	extended	the	vesting	date	from	16	July	2017	
to	27	November	2017.

5.		Zillah	Byng-Thorne	exercised	4,615	options	under	the	Sharesave	scheme	on	1	August	2017.	The	exercise	price	of	the	options	was	195p	per	share	and	the	market	price	on	the	date	of	exercise	

was	320p	per	share.

6.		The	awards	granted	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	on	16	December	2013	lapsed	on	16	December	2016,	since	the	relevant	performance	criteria	were	not	met.
7.			Balances	at	1	October	2016	in	the	table	above	have	been	restated	to	reflect	the	share	consolidation	in	February	2017.

Future plc 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

34

Graph: Past nine financial years ended 30 September 2017

Total Shareholder Return: Rebased to Future plc as of 1 October 2008

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

C
C
o
o
r
r
p
p
o
o
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
G
G
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Future	(rebased	to	100)	

FTSE	All-Share	Media	Index	(UK	companies)	(rebased	to	100)

Chief Executive pay during last nine years

Year

2009	(Stevie	Spring)

2010	(Stevie	Spring)

2011	(Stevie	Spring)

2012	(Mark	Wood)

2013	(Mark	Wood)

2014	(Zillah	Byng-Thorne)

2015	(Zillah	Byng-Thorne)

2016	(Zillah	Byng-Thorne)

2017	(Zillah	Byng-Thorne)

Chief Executive
 single figure
£’000

Bonus paid as %
of maximum

Share based incentives
 vesting as % of maximum

£423

£746

£546

£430

£331
£3066

£471

£347

£2,496

0%

40%

0%

50%

0%

20%

36%
0%7
88%8

100%1
48%2
100%3
0%4
0%4
0%5
0%5
0%5

100%

Notes:
1.	 This	represents	shares	which	were	granted	as	part	of	an	exceptional	one-off	award	intended	to	aid	recruitment	and	retention.	The	award	was	not	subject	to	performance	criteria.
2.	 This	represents	the	first	tranche	of	a	deferred	bonus	share	award	which	was	not	subject	to	performance	criteria	and	the	PSP	award	granted	in	December	2006	which	partially	vested	in	December	2009	

following	the	partial	satisfaction	of	TSR	performance	criteria.

3.	 This	represents	the	second	tranche	of	a	deferred	bonus	share	award	which	was	not	subject	to	performance	criteria.	The	PSP	award	granted	in	December	2007	lapsed	in	December	2010.
4.	 The	first	awards	granted	to	Mark	Wood	under	the	PSP	were	granted	in	January	2012	and	lapsed	on	18	January	2015,	since	the	relevant	performance	criteria	were	not	met.
5.		 The	first	awards	granted	to	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	under	the	PSP	were	granted	in	December	2013	and	lapsed	on	16	December	2016,	since	the	relevant	performance	criteria	were	not	met.
6.	 The	single	figure	for	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	for	2014	includes	five	months	of	her	Chief	Financial	Officer	salary	and	six	months	of	her	salary	as	Chief	Executive.
7.			Zillah	Byng-Thorne	waived	her	performance-related	bonus	for	2016.
8.			Zillah	Byng-Thorne	received	a	transaction	bonus	of	£350,000	following	the	successful	completion	of	the	Imagine	acquisition	in	October	2016.	The	right	to	a	performance-related	bonus	was	waived	in	

2016	as	a	result	of	this	transaction	bonus	being	paid.	The	88%	in	the	table	reflects	the	combination	of	this	transaction	bonus,	the	profit	pool	bonus	which	was	awarded	as	a	result	of	EBITDA	
performance	achieved	for	2017	and	the	further	bonus	of	50%	of	current	salary	(to	be	satisfied	in	shares	that	must	be	held	for	at	least	one	year)	for	the	achievement	of	2017	target	EBITDA.

 
 
35

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017

Percentage change in remuneration of Chief Executive

Salary

Benefits (inc pension)

Bonus

2017

2016

% change

2017

2016

% change

2017

2016

% change

Chief Executive

All employees

£350,000

£300,000

+16.7%

£54,000

£47,000

+14.9% £640,000

£38,758

£38,491

+0.7%

£1,777

£3,022

-41.2%

£1,551

-

-

+100%

+100%

Relative importance of spend on pay

The	relative	importance	of	spend	on	pay	for	the	business	is	shown	in	the	table	below.

Group	pay

Group	operating	costs	excluding	Group	pay	&	exceptional	costs

Capital	expenditure

Dividends

2017
£m

28.8

52.6

1.8

-

2016
£m

24.0

34.3

1.9

-

The	table	shows	the	actual	expenditure	of	the	Group,	and	change	between	the	current	and	previous	years,	on	remuneration	paid	to	all	employees	
compared	to	the	total	operating	costs	for	the	Group	excluding	exceptional	costs	and	remuneration,	and	investment	in	capital	expenditure	and	dividends.

Shareholder voting

At	the	last	Annual	General	Meeting,	votes	cast	on	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	beginning	on	1	October	2016	to	30	September	2019	were	as	
follows:

Approval	of	Directors’	remuneration	report	for	2017*

18,578,620

99.93

1,732

0.01

11,690

0.06

For

%

Discretionary

%

Against

%

*The	numbers	of	shares	stated	above	have	been	restated	to	reflect	the	share	consolidation	in	February	2017.

Implementation of remuneration policy in the year to 30 September 2018 

The	Remuneration	Committee	does	not	propose	to	make	any	changes	to	the	remuneration	policy	that	was	outlined	in	the	Annual	Report	for	the	year	
ended	30	September	2016	and	approved	at	the	Company’s	Annual	General	Meeting	in	February	2017,	a	copy	of	which	is	set	out	on	pages	38	to	41,	
other	than	as	detailed	below	in	respect	of	non-executive	Directors’	fees.	

The	Remuneration	Committee	proposes	the	following	changes	to	the	remuneration	policy	for	2018	for	non-executive	Directors,	as	outlined	in	the	
Remuneration	policy	report	on	pages	38	to	41,	subject	to	shareholder	approval	at	the	Company’s	AGM	on	5	February	2018.	

Non-executive Directors

Element

Operation of element

Max. potential value

Performance,  
weighting & time

Fees

Non-executive	Directors’	fees	
are	reviewed	every	three	
years	and	paid	in	12	monthly	
instalments.	

Chairman:	£120,000
Deputy	Chairman:	£65,000
Other	non-executive	Directors:	£40,000
Additional	fees	payable:
Chairman	of	Committee:	£5,000
Senior	independent	Director:	£5,000
Member	of	Committee:	Nil

The	Chairman’s	fee	will	increase	to	£120,000	 
from	1	October	2017.

Subject	to	shareholder	approval	at	the	AGM	in	
February	2018	the	following	changes	are	proposed:

1.	An	increase	in	the	base	fee	for	non-executive	
Directors	by	£5,000	to	£45,000	effective	from	1	
February	2018.

2.	An	additional	fee	of	£7,500	for	the	role	of	Senior	
Independent	Director	and	£5,000	for	each	Chairman	
of	Remuneration	and	Audit	Committee	role	held.

Future plc 
 
36

Executive Directors:

As	detailed	opposite,	the	overall	remuneration	policy	for	executive	Directors	remains	unchanged,	however	the	changes	to	remuneration	that	have	taken	
place	in	respect	of	2018	in	accordance	with	the	policy	are	detailed	below:

Element

Operation of element

Max. potential value

Base	salary

No	change

Zillah	Byng-Thorne’s	salary	as	Chief	Executive	
increased	to	£400,000	and	Penny	Ladkin-
Brand’s	salary	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	
increased	to	£275,000,	both	with	effect	from	
1	October	2017.	

Performance,  
weighting & time

No	change

Benefits

No	change

Zillah	Byng	Thorne’s	total	benefits	increased	
to	£17,000	and	Penny	Ladkin-Brand’s	total	
benefits	increased	to	£15,000,	both	with	effect	
from	1	October	2017.

No	change

Annual	Bonus

No	change

No	change	to	the	profit	pool	bonus	that	was	
introduced	in	20171.

No	change

PSP

No	change

Pension

No	change

The	Executive	Directors	received	an	award	
of	100%	of	salary	in	November	2017	which,	
subject	to	the	achievement	of	certain	
performance	conditions,	will	vest	in	November	
2020.

No	change

Employers’	pension	contributions	were	
increased	to	a	rate	of	15%	for	both	the	Chief	
Executive	and	the	Chief	Financial	Officer	from	
1	October	2017.

No	change

Notes:
1.		Performance	targets	for	the	Annual	Bonus	for	2018	are	not	disclosed	due	to	their	commercial	sensitivity.	In	the	event	that	there	is	an	increase	in	the	executive	Directors’	base	salaries	during	the	year,	the	

potential	maximum	value	of	the	Annual	Bonus	and	pension	shall	increase	accordingly.

Advisers to the Remuneration Committee

Ernst	&	Young	LLP	(‘EY’)	advise	the	Committee	in	respect	of	various	share	incentives	and	executive	remuneration	and	were	paid	£9,000	in	the	year	for	
providing	these	services	to	the	Committee.

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code

The	Board	has	complied	fully	with	the	provisions	of	Section	D	of	the	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	in	relation	to	Directors’	remuneration	policy	and	
practice,	and	has	followed	Schedule	A	to	the	Code	in	relation	to	performance-related	remuneration	policy.	Further	information	regarding	the	Company’s	
approach	to	corporate	governance	is	set	out	on	pages	23	to	28.	

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance37

Future plc

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

38

Remuneration policy report

The	policy	set	out	below	applies	for	all	financial	years	
beginning	on	or	after	1	October	2016	to	30	September	2019	following	
shareholder	approval	at	the	Company’s	Annual	General	Meeting	on	1	
February	2017.

The	Committee	considers	the	remuneration	
policy	annually	to	ensure	that	it	remains	
aligned	with	the	Group’s	business	needs	and	
is	appropriately	positioned	relative	to	the	
market.	The	Committee	does	not	propose	
to	make	any	changes	to	the	policy	that	was	
approved	by	shareholders	at	the	Company’s	
Annual	General	meeting	in	February	2017	in	
respect	of	executive	Directors’	remuneration	
however	it	seeks	to	amend	the	level	of	non-
executive	Directors’	fees	to	reflect	prevailing	
market	rates	and	therefore	intends	to	put	the	
proposed	amendments	to	the	policy	in	respect	
of	non-executive	Directors’	remuneration	
forward	to	shareholders	for	approval	at	the	
Company’s	Annual	General	Meeting	to	be	
held	on	5	February	2018.

Approach to recruitment  
remuneration for executive and  
non-executive Directors

The	Committee’s	objective	at	the	time	of	
an	appointment	to	a	new	role	is	to	weight	
executive	Directors’	remuneration	packages	
towards	performance-related	pay,	with	
performance-related	targets	linked	to	financial	
performance	of	the	Group	against	budget	and	
the	Group’s	performance	against	business	
objectives	and	its	stated	strategy.	

Any	new	executive	Director’s	remuneration	
package	would	include	the	same	elements	as	
those	of	the	existing	executive	Directors,	as	
shown	in	the	next	column.

Element of remuneration

Maximum % of salary

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Not	higher	than	
market	value

Dependent	on	
circumstances

15%	of	basic	annual	
salary

Performance-	 
related	bonus2

Share	incentive	
schemes1

150%

100% 

Notes:
1.		PSP	scheme	rules	provide	for	awards	of	up	to	100%	of	
basic	annual	salary,	save	in	exceptional	circumstances	
where	the	Committee	is	allowed	discretion	to	award	up	to	
400%	of	basic	annual	salary.	

2.		In	the	event	of	an	internal	promotion,	any	commitments	
made	by	the	Company	to	an	internal	candidate	shall	be	
honoured	even	if	it	would	otherwise	be	inconsistent	with	
the	policy.

3.		If	the	Director	is	required	to	relocate	then	the	policy	is	to	
provide	reasonable	relocation,	travel	and	subsistence	
payments	at	the	discretion	of	the	Committee.

In	determining	the	level	and	make-up	of	executive	
Directors’	remuneration,	the	Committee	carefully	
considers	the	following	issues:

(a)	Remuneration	packages	offered	to	executive	
Directors	should	be	competitive	with	those	
available	for	comparable	roles	in	companies	
operating	in	similar	markets	and	on	a	similar	
scale.	They	should	be	sufficiently	desirable	so	
as	to	attract,	retain	and	motivate	high	calibre	
Directors	to	perform	at	the	highest	levels,	whilst	
at	the	same	time	ensuring	that	recruitment	and	

Service contracts and payments for loss of office 

remuneration	expenditure	is	not	excessive	and	
does	not	encourage	excessive	risk-taking.	

(b)	The	interests	of	executive	Directors	should	be	
aligned	with	those	of	shareholders	by	ensuring	
that	a	significant	proportion	of	remuneration	is	
linked	to	Group	performance.

(c)	Remuneration	packages	and	employment	

conditions	of	executive	Directors	are	
considered	in	conjunction	with	both	those	of	
key	senior	managers	(keeping	succession	
planning	in	mind)	and	all	employees	in	
the	Group	in	order	to	achieve	a	consistent	
remuneration	policy	across	the	Group.	The	
Committee	has	given	particular	attention	to	
ensuring	that	the	remuneration	packages	of	
the	key	senior	managers	recruited	during	the	
year	are	aligned	with	those	of	the	executive	
Directors.

(d)	Bonus	potential	and	share	scheme	awards	that	

are	capped	at	a	percentage	of	salary	are	
restricted	if	salaries	are	low.

(e)	Subjective	criteria	are	applied	to	the	

performance-related	bonus	of	the	Chief	
Executive	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	in	order	
to	ensure	that	the	Committee	retains	discretion	
and	to	ensure	no	performance-related	bonus	is	
unjustly	received.		

Executive Directors 

Contract provision

Notice	periods

Compensation	for	loss	of	office

Treatment	of	share	incentives
on	termination

Change	of	control

Non-executive Directors

Notice	periods

Policy

Details

Director	or	Company	shall	be	entitled	to	serve	
6	months’	notice	(in	Penny	Ladkin-Brand’s	case)	
or	12	months’	notice	(in	Zillah	Byng-Thorne’s	case).

A	Director	may	be	required	to	work	during	their	
notice	period	or	be	put	on	garden	leave.

Director	shall	be	entitled	to	receive	6	months’	salary	
(in	Penny	Ladkin-Brand’s	case)	or	12	months’	
salary	(in	Zillah	Byng-Thorne’s	case)	and	benefits	
during	any	unexpired	notice	period.

While	service	agreements	allow	for	monthly	
payments	during	notice	period	which	are	subject	
to	mitigation,	the	Committee	retains	discretion	to	
make	payments	in	such	manner	as	is	deemed	
appropriate,	particularly	by	reference	to	the	
circumstances	of	the	loss	of	office.

Incentives	will	lapse	or	vest	at	the	Committee’s	
discretion,	subject	to	performance	criteria	being	
met	and	the	rules	of	the	scheme.

The	Committee	has	discretion	to	allow	awards	
to	vest	partially	or	in	full	on	termination,	or	to	
preserve	awards.	

In	the	event	of	a	change	of	control,	a	Director	 
may	terminate	their	appointment	on	serving	no	
less	than	1	month’s	notice.

In	the	event	of	termination	by	either	the	
Director	or	the	Company,	the	Director	will	be	
entitled	to	receive	6	months’	salary.

3	months’	notice	from	either	Company
or	Director.

Appointed	for	a	three	year	term,	subject	to	
annual	re-election	by	shareholders	at	the	
Company’s	AGM.

Copies	of	Directors’	service	agreements	and	letters	of	appointment	are	available	for	inspection	on	request	at	the	Company’s	registered	office.

C
C
o
o
r
r
p
p
o
o
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
G
G
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e

 
 
39

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017

Remuneration table

Executive Directors 

Element

Operation

Objective & link to strategy

Max. potential value

Performance measures

Changes for 2018

Basic annual salary

Basic	annual	salary	is	paid	in	12	equal	monthly	instalments	during	the	year	and	is	reviewed	annually.	
When	assessing	the	level	of	basic	annual	salary,	the	Committee	takes	into	account	performance,	market	
conditions,	remuneration	of	equivalent	roles	within	comparable	companies,	the	size	and	scale	of	the	
business	and	pay	in	the	Group	as	a	whole.	

To	recruit,	retain	and	motivate	individuals	of	high	calibre, 	
and	reflect	the	skills,	experience	and	contribution	of	the 	
relevant	Director.

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	pay	a	salary	supplement	to	an	executive	Director	for	fulfilling	the	role	
of	another	higher	paid	executive	Director	when	that	executive	Director	leaves	the	Company.

Salary	increases	shall	generally	reflect	market	conditions,	

Not	applicable.

performance	of	the	individual,	new	challenges	or	a	new	strategic	

direction	for	the	business.	Similarly,	the	Committee	may	approve	a	

higher	basic	annual	salary	for	a	newly	appointed	Director	than	the	

outgoing	Director	received	where	it	considers	it	necessary	in	order	to	

recruit	an	individual	of	sufficient	calibre	for	the	role.

Benefits

Current	benefits	available	to	executive	Directors	are	car	allowance,	permanent	health	insurance,	
healthcare	and	life	assurance.	Additional	benefits	may	be	offered	if	applicable	and	subject	to	the	
maximum	value	of	all	benefits	not	exceeding	the	maximum	potential	value	set	by	the	Committee.

To	ensure	broad	competitiveness	with	market	practice.

The	Company	shall	continue	to	provide	benefits	to	executive	

Not	applicable.

Directors	at	similar	levels;	where	insurance	cover	is	provided	by	the	

Company,	that	cover	shall	be	maintained	at	a	similar	level	and	the	

Company	shall	pay	the	then	current	market	rates	for	such	cover.

Pension

The	Company	shall	make	a	contribution	up	to	a	maximum	percentage	of	basic	annual	salary.

To	ensure	broad	competitiveness	with	market	practice.

Total	cost	annually	shall	not	exceed	15%	of	basic	annual	salary.

Not	applicable.

Basic	annual	salary	of	Chief	Executive	increased	

to	£400,000	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	to	

£275,000	(both	with	effect	from	1	October	2017)	

from	£350,000	and	£250,000	respectively.	

Total	benefits	provided	to	the	Chief	Executive	

increased	to	£17,000	and	to	the	Chief	Financial	

Officer	to	£15,000	(both	with	effect	from	1	

October	2017).	

Employers’	pension	contributions	increased	

to	15%	for	both	the	Chief	Executive	and	

Chief	Financial	Officer	(from	12.5%	and	6%	

respectively).	

Performance- 
related bonus1

Targets	are	set	annually	by	the	Committee,	based	on	(i)	financial	performance	against	budget	and,	at	
the	Committee’s	discretion,
(ii)	individual	subjective	performance	targets	which	are	determined	for	each	executive	Director.	

Designed	to	reward	delivery	of	shareholder	value	and	
implementation	of	the	Group’s	strategy.

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	set	the	financial	targets	based	on	the	performance	during	the	
previous	financial	year	and	the	budget	for	the	forthcoming	year,	and	performance	of	the	individual	
against	their	specific	subjective	performance	targets.

For	both	the	Chief	Executive	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	the	

The	performance	measures,	relative	weightings	and	targets	are	set	annually	by	

No	change.

Committee	retains	discretion	to	vary	the	potential	total	maximum	

the	Committee.	Details	of	the	measures	and	their	relative	weightings	are	disclosed	

bonus,	the	weighting	of	the	variable	elements	and	the	stretch	of	

annually	in	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	with	the	targets	disclosed	provided	

the	targets	in	order	to	incentivise	or	recruit	executive	Directors,	

they	are	not	deemed	to	be	commercially	sensitive.	The	Committee	retains	discretion	

provided	that	the	total	maximum	potential	bonus	for	any	one	

to	adjust	the	targets	if	events	occur	which	lead	it	to	conclude	that	they	are	no	longer	

year	shall	not	exceed	150%	of	basic	annual	salary	and	that	the	

appropriate.

maximum	bonus	shall	only	be	payable	for	over	performance.

The	Committee	also	retains	discretion	to	adjust	the	outcome	of	the	performance-

related	bonus	for	any	performance	measure	if	it	considers	that	to	be	appropriate.	

Long term 
share-based 
incentive2

Annual	awards	to	executive	Directors	of	up	to	a	maximum	of	1x	basic	annual	salary,	with	discretion	to	
award	up	to	a	maximum	of	4x	basic	annual	salary,	e.g.	recruitment	of	a	Director	or	to	“buy	out”	awards	
granted	by	prior	employer.	

Designed	to	reward	delivery	of	shareholder	value	in	the 	
medium-to-long	term.

Value	of	grant	as	a	maximum	percentage	of	salary	is	100%	of	basic	

The	performance	targets	are	set	annually	by	the	Committee	and	disclosed	annually	in	

Executive	Directors	received	an	award	of	100%	

annual	salary,	however	in	exceptional	circumstances	the	Committee	

the	Directors’	remuneration	report	provided	they	are	not	deemed	to	be	commercially	

of	salary	in	November	2017.

retains	discretion	to	grant	one-off	awards	of	a	value	up	to	400%	of	

sensitive.

basic	annual	salary.

The	scheme	rules	allow	the	Committee	discretion	to	change	the	performance	targets	and	the	
Committee	shall	be	entitled	to	exercise	its	discretion	to	change	performance	criteria	to	the	extent	that	
it	reflects	market	practice	and/or	the	Committee	considers	alternative	performance	targets	to	be	more	
appropriate	to	the	business.

Awards	vest	at	the	end	of	the	three-year	performance	period,	when	the	Committee	will	

assess	performance	against	the	targets	set	and	determine,	in	its	absolute	discretion,	

the	overall	level	of	vesting	of	the	award.

All-employee share plans

The	Company	operates	a	Share	Incentive	Plan	(“SIP”)	in	the	UK	which	qualifies	for	tax	benefits.

To	encourage	share	ownership	by	employees	and	align	their 	
interests	with	those	of	the	shareholders.

The	maximum	participation	levels	for	all-employee	share	plans	will	

Not	applicable.

be	the	limits	set	out	in	UK	tax	legislation.

No	change.

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	allow	executive	Directors	to	participate	in	the	SIP	on	the	same	
terms	as	other	employees.

Notes to the table
1.	 	Performance-related	bonus	targets:	The	performance	targets	are	determined	annually	by	the	Committee	and	are	designed	to	align	executive	Directors’	interests	with	those	of	the	Company’s	

shareholders	and	to	reward	good	performance	by	the	Company.	Financial	targets	are	set	by	reference	to	the	Company’s	budget	for	the	relevant	financial	year,	and	individual	performance	targets	are	
set	by	reference	to	the	Company’s	strategy	and	goals	for	the	relevant	financial	year.	The	targets	for	the	financial	year	to	30	September	2018	are	not	disclosed	here	due	to	their	commercial	sensitivity.				

2.	 PSP	performance	targets:	Additional	details	of	the	performance	criteria	attaching	to	PSP	awards	granted	to	date	are	set	out	on	page	31.

Non-executive Directors 

Element

Fees1

Operation

Objective & link to strategy

Performance measures

Changes for 2018

Non-executive	Directors’	fees	are	reviewed	every	three	years	and	paid	in	12	monthly	instalments.	

Reflects	the	time	commitment	and	responsibilities	of	the	roles.

Not	applicable.

The	Chairman’s	fee	will	increase	to	£120,000	from	1	October	2017.

Max. potential value

Chairman:	£120,000

Deputy	Chairman:	£65,000

Other	non-executive	Directors:	£40,000

Additional	fees	payable:

Chairman	of	Committee:	£5,000

Senior	independent	Director:	£5,000

Member	of	Committee:	Nil

Subject	to	shareholder	approval	at	the	AGM	in	February	2018	the	following	further	

changes	are	proposed:

1.	An	increase	in	the	base	fee	for	non-executive	Directors	by	£5,000	to	£45,000	

effective	from	1	February	2018	onwards.

2.	An	additional	fee	of	£7,500	for	the	role	of	Senior	Independent	Director	(increased	

from	£5,000)	and	£5,000	for	each	role	as	Chairman	of	either	Remuneration	or	Audit	

Committee.

Notes to the table
1.		Fees	are	paid	at	a	standard	annual	rate	to	reflect	the	time,	commitment	and	responsibilities	of	the	roles,	with	additional	fees	paid	to	those	who	chair	Board	Committees	to	reflect	their	additional	

responsibilities.	Separately,	the	Board	sets	the	fee	payable	to	the	Chairman	of	the	Board.	Currently	additional	fees	for	chairing	a	Committee	apply	only	once,	regardless	of	the	number	of	Committees	
of	which	a	non-executive	Director	is	Chairman.	Subject	to	shareholder	approval	it	is	proposed	that	this	is	amended	so	that	a	fee	is	payable	for	each	Chairman	role	held.	Non-executive	Directors	are	not	
included	in	any	performance-related	bonus,	share	incentive	schemes	or	pension	arrangements.

Future plcRemuneration table

Executive Directors 

Element

Operation

Objective & link to strategy

Max. potential value

Basic annual salary

Basic	annual	salary	is	paid	in	12	equal	monthly	instalments	during	the	year	and	is	reviewed	annually.	

To	recruit,	retain	and	motivate	individuals	of	high	calibre, 	

When	assessing	the	level	of	basic	annual	salary,	the	Committee	takes	into	account	performance,	market	

and	reflect	the	skills,	experience	and	contribution	of	the 	

conditions,	remuneration	of	equivalent	roles	within	comparable	companies,	the	size	and	scale	of	the	

relevant	Director.

business	and	pay	in	the	Group	as	a	whole.	

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	pay	a	salary	supplement	to	an	executive	Director	for	fulfilling	the	role	

of	another	higher	paid	executive	Director	when	that	executive	Director	leaves	the	Company.

Salary	increases	shall	generally	reflect	market	conditions,	
performance	of	the	individual,	new	challenges	or	a	new	strategic	
direction	for	the	business.	Similarly,	the	Committee	may	approve	a	
higher	basic	annual	salary	for	a	newly	appointed	Director	than	the	
outgoing	Director	received	where	it	considers	it	necessary	in	order	to	
recruit	an	individual	of	sufficient	calibre	for	the	role.

Performance measures

Not	applicable.

Benefits

Current	benefits	available	to	executive	Directors	are	car	allowance,	permanent	health	insurance,	

To	ensure	broad	competitiveness	with	market	practice.

healthcare	and	life	assurance.	Additional	benefits	may	be	offered	if	applicable	and	subject	to	the	

maximum	value	of	all	benefits	not	exceeding	the	maximum	potential	value	set	by	the	Committee.

The	Company	shall	continue	to	provide	benefits	to	executive	
Directors	at	similar	levels;	where	insurance	cover	is	provided	by	the	
Company,	that	cover	shall	be	maintained	at	a	similar	level	and	the	
Company	shall	pay	the	then	current	market	rates	for	such	cover.

Not	applicable.

Pension

The	Company	shall	make	a	contribution	up	to	a	maximum	percentage	of	basic	annual	salary.

To	ensure	broad	competitiveness	with	market	practice.

Total	cost	annually	shall	not	exceed	15%	of	basic	annual	salary.

Not	applicable.

Performance- 

related bonus1

the	Committee’s	discretion,

Targets	are	set	annually	by	the	Committee,	based	on	(i)	financial	performance	against	budget	and,	at	

Designed	to	reward	delivery	of	shareholder	value	and	

implementation	of	the	Group’s	strategy.

(ii)	individual	subjective	performance	targets	which	are	determined	for	each	executive	Director.	

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	set	the	financial	targets	based	on	the	performance	during	the	

previous	financial	year	and	the	budget	for	the	forthcoming	year,	and	performance	of	the	individual	

against	their	specific	subjective	performance	targets.

For	both	the	Chief	Executive	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	the	
Committee	retains	discretion	to	vary	the	potential	total	maximum	
bonus,	the	weighting	of	the	variable	elements	and	the	stretch	of	
the	targets	in	order	to	incentivise	or	recruit	executive	Directors,	
provided	that	the	total	maximum	potential	bonus	for	any	one	
year	shall	not	exceed	150%	of	basic	annual	salary	and	that	the	
maximum	bonus	shall	only	be	payable	for	over	performance.

The	performance	measures,	relative	weightings	and	targets	are	set	annually	by	
the	Committee.	Details	of	the	measures	and	their	relative	weightings	are	disclosed	
annually	in	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	with	the	targets	disclosed	provided	
they	are	not	deemed	to	be	commercially	sensitive.	The	Committee	retains	discretion	
to	adjust	the	targets	if	events	occur	which	lead	it	to	conclude	that	they	are	no	longer	
appropriate.

The	Committee	also	retains	discretion	to	adjust	the	outcome	of	the	performance-
related	bonus	for	any	performance	measure	if	it	considers	that	to	be	appropriate.	

40

Changes for 2018

Basic	annual	salary	of	Chief	Executive	increased	
to	£400,000	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	to	
£275,000	(both	with	effect	from	1	October	2017)	
from	£350,000	and	£250,000	respectively.	

Total	benefits	provided	to	the	Chief	Executive	
increased	to	£17,000	and	to	the	Chief	Financial	
Officer	to	£15,000	(both	with	effect	from	1	
October	2017).	

Employers’	pension	contributions	increased	
to	15%	for	both	the	Chief	Executive	and	
Chief	Financial	Officer	(from	12.5%	and	6%	
respectively).	

No	change.

Long term 

share-based 

incentive2

granted	by	prior	employer.	

Annual	awards	to	executive	Directors	of	up	to	a	maximum	of	1x	basic	annual	salary,	with	discretion	to	

Designed	to	reward	delivery	of	shareholder	value	in	the 	

award	up	to	a	maximum	of	4x	basic	annual	salary,	e.g.	recruitment	of	a	Director	or	to	“buy	out”	awards	

medium-to-long	term.

Value	of	grant	as	a	maximum	percentage	of	salary	is	100%	of	basic	
annual	salary,	however	in	exceptional	circumstances	the	Committee	
retains	discretion	to	grant	one-off	awards	of	a	value	up	to	400%	of	
basic	annual	salary.

The	performance	targets	are	set	annually	by	the	Committee	and	disclosed	annually	in	
the	Directors’	remuneration	report	provided	they	are	not	deemed	to	be	commercially	
sensitive.

Executive	Directors	received	an	award	of	100%	
of	salary	in	November	2017.

Awards	vest	at	the	end	of	the	three-year	performance	period,	when	the	Committee	will	
assess	performance	against	the	targets	set	and	determine,	in	its	absolute	discretion,	
the	overall	level	of	vesting	of	the	award.

All-employee share plans

The	Company	operates	a	Share	Incentive	Plan	(“SIP”)	in	the	UK	which	qualifies	for	tax	benefits.

To	encourage	share	ownership	by	employees	and	align	their 	

interests	with	those	of	the	shareholders.

The	maximum	participation	levels	for	all-employee	share	plans	will	
be	the	limits	set	out	in	UK	tax	legislation.

Not	applicable.

No	change.

The	scheme	rules	allow	the	Committee	discretion	to	change	the	performance	targets	and	the	

Committee	shall	be	entitled	to	exercise	its	discretion	to	change	performance	criteria	to	the	extent	that	

it	reflects	market	practice	and/or	the	Committee	considers	alternative	performance	targets	to	be	more	

appropriate	to	the	business.

The	Committee	retains	discretion	to	allow	executive	Directors	to	participate	in	the	SIP	on	the	same	

terms	as	other	employees.

Non-executive Directors 

Element

Fees1

Operation

Non-executive	Directors’	fees	are	reviewed	every	three	years	and	paid	in	12	monthly	instalments.	

Reflects	the	time	commitment	and	responsibilities	of	the	roles.

Objective & link to strategy

Notes to the table

1.		Fees	are	paid	at	a	standard	annual	rate	to	reflect	the	time,	commitment	and	responsibilities	of	the	roles,	with	additional	fees	paid	to	those	who	chair	Board	Committees	to	reflect	their	additional	

responsibilities.	Separately,	the	Board	sets	the	fee	payable	to	the	Chairman	of	the	Board.	Currently	additional	fees	for	chairing	a	Committee	apply	only	once,	regardless	of	the	number	of	Committees	

of	which	a	non-executive	Director	is	Chairman.	Subject	to	shareholder	approval	it	is	proposed	that	this	is	amended	so	that	a	fee	is	payable	for	each	Chairman	role	held.	Non-executive	Directors	are	not	

included	in	any	performance-related	bonus,	share	incentive	schemes	or	pension	arrangements.

3.		 	All	employees	of	the	Group	receive	a	basic	annual	salary,	benefits,	pension	and	annual	bonus	(subject	to	financial	performance).	The	maximum	value	of	remuneration	packages	is	based	on	the	
seniority	and	responsibilities	of	the	relevant	role.	Discretionary	share	incentives	are	not	awarded	to	employees	other	than	executive	Directors	and	certain	key	individuals,	however	the	Company	
introduced	a	Share	Incentive	Plan	in	2015	in	order	to	encourage	active	employee	share	ownership.

Max. potential value

Chairman:	£120,000
Deputy	Chairman:	£65,000
Other	non-executive	Directors:	£40,000
Additional	fees	payable:
Chairman	of	Committee:	£5,000
Senior	independent	Director:	£5,000
Member	of	Committee:	Nil

Performance measures

Changes for 2018

Not	applicable.

The	Chairman’s	fee	will	increase	to	£120,000	from	1	October	2017.

Subject	to	shareholder	approval	at	the	AGM	in	February	2018	the	following	further	
changes	are	proposed:

1.	An	increase	in	the	base	fee	for	non-executive	Directors	by	£5,000	to	£45,000	
effective	from	1	February	2018	onwards.

2.	An	additional	fee	of	£7,500	for	the	role	of	Senior	Independent	Director	(increased	
from	£5,000)	and	£5,000	for	each	role	as	Chairman	of	either	Remuneration	or	Audit	
Committee.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance 
41

Future plc

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For	the	year	ended	
30	September	2017

Consideration of employee conditions 
within the Group

The	Committee	takes	into	consideration	the	
pay	and	conditions	of	employees	across	the	
Group	when	determining	remuneration	for	
executive	Directors.		

All	employees	receive	a	basic	annual	salary,	
benefits	and	an	entitlement	to	receive	a	bonus,	
subject	to	financial	performance,	under	the	
Group’s	profit	pool	bonus	scheme.	

Discretionary	share	incentive	awards	are	
granted	to	certain	key	employees	under	the	
PSP	and	DABS	schemes,	the	details	of	which	
are	set	out	at	note	24	on	page	81.	During	2015	
the	Group	introduced	a	Share	Incentive	Plan	
to	replace	the	Sharesave	scheme,	in	order	to	
encourage	active	employee	share	ownership.

Consideration of shareholder views

The	Remuneration	Committee	considers	
shareholder	feedback	received	as	part	of	any	
discussions	with	shareholders	and	consults	
with	shareholders	on	specific	matters	as	and	
when	appropriate.

Approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	signed	
on	its	behalf	by:

Peter Allen
(on	behalf	of	the	Remuneration	Committee)
8	December	2017

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

42

C
C
o
o
r
r
p
p
o
o
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
G
G
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e

 
 
43

Future plc

Independent 
auditors’ report 

Independent auditors’ report to 
the members of Future plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements 

Opinion

In	our	opinion,	Future	plc’s	Group	financial	statements	and	Company	financial	statements	(the	“financial	statements”):

•	

	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	the	Group’s	and	of	the	Company’s	affairs	as	at	30	September	2017	and	of	the	Group’s	profit	and	the	
Group’s	and	the	Company’s	cash	flows	for	the	year	then	ended;

•		 have	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union	and,	as	regards	the	Company’s	financial	statements,	as	

applied	in	accordance	with	the	provisions	of	the	Companies	Act	2006;	and

•	 have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	and,	as	regards	the	Group	financial	statements,	Article	4	of	

the	IAS	Regulation.

We	have	audited	the	financial	statements,	included	within	the	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	(the	“Annual	Report”),	which	comprise:	the	Consolidated	
and	Company	balance	sheets	as	at	30	September	2017;	the	Consolidated	income	statement,	the	Consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	income,	
the	Consolidated	and	Company	cash	flows	statements,	and	the	Consolidated	and	Company	statements	of	changes	in	equity	for	the	year	then	ended;	
the	Accounting	Policies;	and	the	notes	to	the	financial	statements.

Our	opinion	is	consistent	with	our	reporting	to	the	Audit	Committee.

Basis for opinion

We	conducted	our	audit	in	accordance	with	International	Standards	on	Auditing	(UK)	(“ISAs	(UK)”)	and	applicable	law.	Our	responsibilities	under	
ISAs	(UK)	are	further	described	in	the	Auditors’	responsibilities	for	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	section	of	our	report.	We	believe	that	the	audit	
evidence	we	have	obtained	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	provide	a	basis	for	our	opinion.

Independence
We	remained	independent	of	the	Group	in	accordance	with	the	ethical	requirements	that	are	relevant	to	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	in	the	
UK,	which	includes	the	FRC’s	Ethical	Standard,	as	applicable	to	listed	public	interest	entities,	and	we	have	fulfilled	our	other	ethical	responsibilities	in	
accordance	with	these	requirements.

To	the	best	of	our	knowledge	and	belief,	we	declare	that	non-audit	services	prohibited	by	the	FRC’s	Ethical	Standard	were	not	provided	to	the	Group	
or	the	Company.

Other	than	those	disclosed	in	note	3	to	the	financial	statements,	we	have	provided	no	non-audit	services	to	the	Group	or	the	Company	in	the	period	
from	1	October	2016	to	30	September	2017.

Our audit approach

The scope of our audit 
As	part	of	designing	our	audit,	we	determined	materiality	and	assessed	the	risks	of	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	statements.	In	particular,	
we	looked	at	where	the	Directors	made	subjective	judgements,	for	example	in	respect	of	significant	accounting	estimates	that	involved	making	
assumptions	and	considering	future	events	that	are	inherently	uncertain.	As	in	all	of	our	audits	we	also	addressed	the	risk	of	management	override	
of	internal	controls,	including	evaluating	whether	there	was	evidence	of	bias	by	the	Directors	that	represented	a	risk	of	material	misstatement	due	to	
fraud.	

Key audit matters 
Key	audit	matters	are	those	matters	that,	in	the	auditors’	professional	judgement,	were	of	most	significance	in	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	of	
the	current	period	and	include	the	most	significant	assessed	risks	of	material	misstatement	(whether	or	not	due	to	fraud)	identified	by	the	auditors,	
including	those	which	had	the	greatest	effect	on:	the	overall	audit	strategy;	the	allocation	of	resources	in	the	audit;	and	directing	the	efforts	of	the	
engagement	team.	These	matters,	and	any	comments	we	make	on	the	results	of	our	procedures	thereon,	were	addressed	in	the	context	of	our	audit	
of	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole,	and	in	forming	our	opinion	thereon,	and	we	do	not	provide	a	separate	opinion	on	these	matters.	This	is	not	a	
complete	list	of	all	risks	identified	by	our	audit.	

Future plc44

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

The measurement of Magazine newsstand revenue 
(£26.9 million (2016: £16.9 million) within the Magazine segment) 
Refer to note 1 for further information

We	assessed	whether	the	estimated	number	of	returns	was	reasonable	
by	comparing	the	estimate	to	historical	trends	and	by	considering	the	
accuracy	of	management’s	forecasting	in	the	past.	

Magazine	newsstand	revenue	is	recognised	at	the	date	that	the	related	
publication	goes	on	sale.	The	amount	of	revenue	recognised	is	based	on	
the	number	of	issues	printed	and	an	estimate	of	the	number	of	returns.

We	considered	whether	there	had	been	any	change	to	the	types	of	
magazines	sold	or	changes	to	the	market	environment	which	could	
increase	the	level	of	uncertainty	in	the	estimate.	

We	focused	on	this	area	because	of	the	inherent	subjectivity	in	estimating	
the	number	of	returns	and	because	of	the	significance	of	Magazine	
revenue	to	the	Group’s	reported	result.	Changes	to	the	estimated	number	
of	returns	can	have	a	material	impact	on	Magazine	revenue.

Group

The valuation of goodwill 
(£65.8 million (2016: £29.5 million))
Refer to note 11 for further information

Goodwill	is	an	intangible	asset	that	arises	on	the	acquisition	of	a	
business	and	reflects	the	portion	of	the	consideration	paid	which	cannot	
be	allocated	to	separately	identifiable	acquired	assets.	Goodwill	is	
not	amortised	but	tested	for	impairment	at	least	once	a	year	or	more	
frequently	when	there	is	an	indication	that	it	may	be	impaired.

We	focused	on	this	area	because	goodwill	is	material	to	the	consolidated	
financial	statements	and	the	assumptions	used	in	the	impairment	
assessment	are	inherently	subjective.	In	particular,	the	assessment	is	
highly	sensitive	to	changes	in	forecast	earnings	before	interest,	tax,	
depreciation,	amortisation,	impairment	and	exceptional	items	(EBITDA)	
margins.

Group

The classification of exceptional items 
(£3.7 million (2016: £3.5 million)) 
Refer to note 4 for further information

The	Group’s	accounting	policy	is	to	report	items	of	income	and	expenses	
as	exceptional	items	where	they	relate	to	an	event	that	falls	outside	the	
ordinary	activities	of	the	business	and	where	individually	or	in	aggregate	
they	have	a	material	impact	on	the	financial	statements.

Exceptional	items	primarily	consisted	of	redundancy	and	acquisition	
related	costs	associated	with	the	restructuring	of	the	business	and	other	
transformational	activity.	We	focused	on	this	area	because	exceptional	
items	are	material	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements	and	there	is	a	
degree	of	judgement	in	their	classification.	

Group

We	also	examined	the	number	of	returns	processed	after	the	year-end	and	
compared	that	data	to	the	level	of	returns	forecast	by	management.	

Based	on	the	work	performed,	we	found	that	the	methods	and	
assumptions	used	to	estimate	the	number	of	returns	were	appropriate	and	
that	the	estimate	was	supported	by	the	evidence	obtained.

Our	work	to	address	the	valuation	of	goodwill	was	supported	by	our	
in-house	valuation	experts,	and	included	the	following	procedures:

•	We	assessed	whether	the	forecast	EBITDA	margins	were	reasonable	

by	comparing	them	to	historical	trends	and	by	considering	the	accuracy	
of	management’s	forecasting	in	the	past.	We	considered	whether	there	
had	been	any	changes	to	the	business	or	to	the	market	environment	
which	could	increase	the	level	of	uncertainty	in	the	forecast.

•	We	performed	sensitivities	to	confirm	that	the	forecast	EBITDA	

margin	continues	to	remain	the	key	assumption	to	which	the	impairment	
assessment	is	most	sensitive.	We	also	considered	to	what	level	
the	EBITDA	margin	would	need	to	deteriorate	to	in	order	to	indicate	
impairment.

•	We	used	our	in-house	valuation	experts	to	compare	the	discount	rate	to	
our	own	estimate	of	the	Group’s	cost	of	capital,	adjusted	for	the	effects	
of	tax.	

•	We	also	assessed	the	reasonableness	of	the	assumed	long-term	growth	

rate	in	light	of	external	growth	forecasts	for	the	UK	economy.

Based	on	the	work	performed,	we	found	that	the	methods	used	in	the	
impairment	assessment	were	appropriate	and	that	the	conclusions	
reached	were	supported	by	the	evidence	obtained.

We	tested	the	classification	of	exceptional	items	by;

•	examining	supporting	information	such	as	invoices;	
•	checking	that	redundancy	costs	agreed	to	the	payments	made	to	those	

employees;	and

•	confirming	that	those	payments	were	described	as	redundancy	payments	

in	written	communications	with	those	employees.	 

Redundancy	and	acquisition	related	costs	have	been	incurred	in	both	
the	current	year	and	in	prior	years	so	we	challenged	management	as	to	
whether	such	costs	were	exceptional	in	nature.	Management’s	view	was	
that	whilst	these	charges	have	persisted	in	2017,	they	have	arisen	from	a	
significant,	ongoing	restructuring	and	transformation	programme,	as	set	
out	in	further	detail	in	the	Chief	Executive’s	Review	on	page	3.	

Following	completion	of	this	programme	these	charges	will	not	recur.	
Given	the	scale	of	the	restructuring	and	transformation	programme,	
and	that	only	redundancy	and	acquisition	costs	specific	to	it	are	being	
separated,	we	accepted	this	treatment	for	the	current	year.

From	the	evidence	obtained,	we	concurred	with	management’s	
assessment	to	classify	and	disclose	these	costs	as	separately	reported	
exceptional	items,	in	line	with	the	disclosed	accounting	policy.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance 
45

Independent 
auditors’ report 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

The accounting for the acquisition of Imagine Publishing and the 
home interest division of Centaur Media  
Refer to note 29 for further information

On	21	October	2016,	the	Group	completed	its	acquisition	of	Imagine	
Publishing	and	on	1	August	2017	its	acquisition	of	the	home	interest	
division	of	Centaur	Media.	We	focused	on	these	transactions	because	
they	are	material	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements	and	because	
there	is	a	degree	of	judgement	in	the	identification	and	valuation	of	the	
assets	and	liabilities	acquired.

Our	work	over	the	accounting	for	the	acquisition	included	the	following	
procedures:

•	We	agreed	the	cash	consideration	paid	to	supporting	documentation.

•	We	tested	the	fair	value	adjustments	to	the	assets	and	liabilities	acquired	
and,	based	on	our	understanding	of	the	acquired	business,	assessed	
whether	all	assets	and	liabilities	had	been	appropriately	identified	and	
classified.	We	also	considered	any	required	alignment	of	accounting	
policies	and	valuation	methodologies.

Group and parent

•	We	re-performed	the	calculation	of	goodwill.

•	We	assessed	the	sufficiency	of	the	disclosures	relating	to	the	acquisition,	

taking	into	account	the	requirements	of	relevant	financial	reporting	
standards	and	tested	the	completeness	and	accuracy	of	those	
disclosures.

Based	on	the	work	performed,	we	found	that	the	accounting	for	the	
acquisition	was	appropriate	and	that	the	fair	value	of	the	acquired	assets	
and	liabilities	was	supported	by	the	evidence	obtained.

How we tailored the audit scope

We	tailored	the	scope	of	our	audit	to	ensure	that	we	performed	enough	work	to	be	able	to	give	an	opinion	on	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole,	
taking	into	account	the	structure	of	the	Group	and	the	Company,	the	accounting	processes	and	controls,	and	the	industry	in	which	they	operate.

The	Group	is	structured	along	two	geographical	lines,	being	the	UK	and	US.	The	Group’s	financial	statements	consist	of	a	consolidation	of	23	
statutory	entities;	but	the	Group	primarily	operates	through	two	main	trading	entities;	Future	Publishing	Limited	and	Future	US,	Inc.

In	establishing	the	overall	approach	to	the	Group	audit,	we	determine	the	type	of	work	that	we	needed	to	perform	at	each	entity	to	be	able	to	conclude	
whether	sufficient	appropriate	audit	evidence	had	been	obtained	as	a	basis	for	our	opinion	on	the	Group	financial	statements	as	a	whole.

In	our	view,	the	two	main	trading	entities	required	a	full	scope	audit	of	their	complete	financial	information,	due	to	their	size	and	their	risk	
characteristics.	These	were	audited	by	the	UK	Group	engagement	team.	This,	together	with	our	audit	of	the	parent	holding	Company	and	testing	of	
the	consolidation	at	Group	level,	gave	us	the	evidence	we	needed	for	our	opinion	on	the	Group	financial	statements	as	a	whole	and	accounted	for	
94%	of	the	Group’s	revenue,	80%	of	the	Group’s	reported	profit	before	tax	and	76%	of	the	Group’s	net	assets.

Future plc46

Materiality

The	scope	of	our	audit	was	influenced	by	our	application	of	materiality.	We	set	certain	quantitative	thresholds	for	materiality.	These,	together	with	
qualitative	considerations,	helped	us	to	determine	the	scope	of	our	audit	and	the	nature,	timing	and	extent	of	our	audit	procedures	on	the	individual	
financial	statement	line	items	and	disclosures	and	in	evaluating	the	effect	of	misstatements,	both	individually	and	in	aggregate	on	the	financial	
statements	as	a	whole.	

Based	on	our	professional	judgement,	we	determined	materiality	for	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole	as	follows:

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

Overall materiality

£840,000

How we  
determined it

1% of revenue

£820,000

0.86%	of	total	assets

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

In	arriving	at	this	judgement	we	considered	the	financial	
measures	which	we	believed	to	be	most	relevant	to	the	
shareholders	in	assessing	the	performance	of	the	Group.	

As	a	holding	company,	the	entity	is	not	considered	to	be	profit	
orientated.	In	such	circumstances,	total	assets	is	a	generally	
accepted	benchmark.

Profit	before	tax	is	a	generally	accepted	benchmark	for	a	
profit	orientated	business.	However,	due	to	restructuring	and	
continued	transformational	activity,	the	Group	has	continued	
to	report	losses	and	there	has	been	a	degree	of	volatility	in	
this	measure.	We	concluded	that,	in	isolation,	this	metric	did	
not	appropriately	reflect	the	scale	of	the	Group’s	ongoing	
operations	or	its	underlying	performance.

As	a	result,	revenue	was	considered	to	be	the	most	
appropriate	metric,	but	in	quantifying	materiality	we	have	also	
had	regard	to	other	performance	measures	such	as	operating	
profit	and	the	impact	of	exceptional	items.

For	each	component	in	the	scope	of	our	Group	audit,	we	allocated	an	equal	materiality	of	£756,000,	which	was	less	than	our	overall	Group	materiality.	
Certain	components	were	audited	to	a	local	statutory	audit	materiality	that	was	also	less	than	our	overall	Group	materiality.

We	agreed	with	the	Audit	Committee	that	we	would	report	to	them	misstatements	identified	during	our	audit	above	£42,000	(Group	audit)	and	£40,000	
(Company	audit)	as	well	as	misstatements	below	those	amounts	that,	in	our	view,	warranted	reporting	for	qualitative	reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern

We	have	nothing	to	report	in	respect	of	the	following	matters	in	relation	to	which	ISAs	(UK)	require	us	to	report	to	you	when:	

•	

the	Directors’	use	of	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	is	not	appropriate;	or	

•	

the	Directors	have	not	disclosed	in	the	financial	statements	any	identified	material	uncertainties	that	may	cast	significant	doubt	about	the	Group’s	
and	Company’s	ability	to	continue	to	adopt	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	for	a	period	of	at	least	twelve	months	from	the	date	when	the	
financial	statements	are	authorised	for	issue.

However,	because	not	all	future	events	or	conditions	can	be	predicted,	this	statement	is	not	a	guarantee	as	to	the	Group’s	and	Company’s	ability	to	
continue	as	a	going	concern.

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance47

Independent 
auditors’ report 

Reporting on other information 

The	other	information	comprises	all	of	the	information	in	the	Annual	Report	other	than	the	financial	statements	and	our	auditors’	report	thereon.	The	
Directors	are	responsible	for	the	other	information.	Our	opinion	on	the	financial	statements	does	not	cover	the	other	information	and,	accordingly,	we	
do	not	express	an	audit	opinion	or,	except	to	the	extent	otherwise	explicitly	stated	in	this	report,	any	form	of	assurance	thereon.	

In	connection	with	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements,	our	responsibility	is	to	read	the	other	information	and,	in	doing	so,	consider	whether	the	
other	information	is	materially	inconsistent	with	the	financial	statements	or	our	knowledge	obtained	in	the	audit,	or	otherwise	appears	to	be	materially	
misstated.	If	we	identify	an	apparent	material	inconsistency	or	material	misstatement,	we	are	required	to	perform	procedures	to	conclude	whether	
there	is	a	material	misstatement	of	the	financial	statements	or	a	material	misstatement	of	the	other	information.	If,	based	on	the	work	we	have	
performed,	we	conclude	that	there	is	a	material	misstatement	of	this	other	information,	we	are	required	to	report	that	fact.	We	have	nothing	to	report	
based	on	these	responsibilities.

With	respect	to	the	Strategic	Report	and	Directors’	Report,	we	also	considered	whether	the	disclosures	required	by	the	UK	Companies	Act	2006	have	
been	included.		

Based	on	the	responsibilities	described	above	and	our	work	undertaken	in	the	course	of	the	audit,	the	Companies	Act	2006	and	ISAs	(UK)	require	us	
also	to	report	certain	opinions	and	matters	as	described	below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In	our	opinion,	based	on	the	work	undertaken	in	the	course	of	the	audit,	the	information	given	in	the	Strategic	Report	and	Directors’	Report	for	the	year	
ended	30	September	2017	is	consistent	with	the	financial	statements	and	has	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	applicable	legal	requirements.	

In	light	of	the	knowledge	and	understanding	of	the	Group	and	Company	and	their	environment	obtained	in	the	course	of	the	audit,	we	did	not	identify	
any	material	misstatements	in	the	Strategic	Report	and	Directors’	Report.	

Directors’ Remuneration
In	our	opinion,	the	part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited	has	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	Companies	Act	2006.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

As	explained	more	fully	in	the	Statement	of	Directors’	responsibilities	set	out	on	page	22,	the	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	
financial	statements	in	accordance	with	the	applicable	framework	and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view.	The	Directors	are	also	
responsible	for	such	internal	control	as	they	determine	is	necessary	to	enable	the	preparation	of	financial	statements	that	are	free	from	material	
misstatement,	whether	due	to	fraud	or	error.

In	preparing	the	financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	responsible	for	assessing	the	Group’s	and	the	Company’s	ability	to	continue	as	a	going	
concern,	disclosing	as	applicable,	matters	related	to	going	concern	and	using	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	unless	the	Directors	either	intend	
to	liquidate	the	Group	or	the	Company	or	to	cease	operations,	or	have	no	realistic	alternative	but	to	do	so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our	objectives	are	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole	are	free	from	material	misstatement,	whether	
due	to	fraud	or	error,	and	to	issue	an	auditors’	report	that	includes	our	opinion.	Reasonable	assurance	is	a	high	level	of	assurance,	but	is	not	a	
guarantee	that	an	audit	conducted	in	accordance	with	ISAs	(UK)	will	always	detect	a	material	misstatement	when	it	exists.	Misstatements	can	arise	
from	fraud	or	error	and	are	considered	material	if,	individually	or	in	aggregate,	they	could	reasonably	be	expected	to	influence	the	economic	decisions	
of	users	taken	on	the	basis	of	these	financial	statements.	

A	further	description	of	our	responsibilities	for	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	is	located	on	the	FRC’s	website	at:	www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities.	This	description	forms	part	of	our	auditors’	report.

Use of this report

This	report,	including	the	opinions,	has	been	prepared	for	and	only	for	the	Company’s	members	as	a	body	in	accordance	with	Chapter	3	of	Part	16	of	
the	Companies	Act	2006	and	for	no	other	purpose.	We	do	not,	in	giving	these	opinions,	accept	or	assume	responsibility	for	any	other	purpose	or	to	
any	other	person	to	whom	this	report	is	shown	or	into	whose	hands	it	may	come	save	where	expressly	agreed	by	our	prior	consent	in	writing.	

Future plc48

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under	the	Companies	Act	2006	we	are	required	to	report	to	you	if,	in	our	opinion:

•	 we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we	require	for	our	audit;	or

•	 adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	kept	by	the	Company,	or	returns	adequate	for	our	audit	have	not	been	received	from	branches	not	

visited	by	us;	or

•	 certain	disclosures	of	Directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	are	not	made;	or

•	

the	Company	financial	statements	and	the	part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited	are	not	in	agreement	with	the	accounting	
records	and	returns.	

We	have	no	exceptions	to	report	arising	from	this	responsibility.	

Appointment

Following	the	recommendation	of	the	Audit	Committee,	we	were	appointed	by	the	members	on	11	May	1999	to	audit	the	financial	statements	for	the	
year	ended	31	December	1999	and	subsequent	financial	periods.	The	period	of	total	uninterrupted	engagement	is	19	years,	covering	the	years	ended	
31	December	1999	to	30	September	2017.

Colin	Bates	(Senior	Statutory	Auditor)
for	and	on	behalf	of	PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP
Chartered	Accountants	and	Statutory	Auditors
Bristol
8	December	2017

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Governance49

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Financial statements

Contents

Consolidated	income	statement	

Consolidated	statement	of		
comprehensive	income	

Consolidated	statement	of		
changes	in	equity

Company	statement	of		
changes	in	equity	

Consolidated	balance	sheet	

Company	balance	sheet	

Consolidated	and	Company		
cash	flow	statements	

Notes	to	the	Consolidated	and		
Company	cash	flow	statements

Accounting	policies	

Notes	to	the	financial	statements	

50

50

51

51

52

53

54

55

56

60

 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

50

Consolidated income statement 
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017

Continuing operations
Revenue

Net	operating	expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance income

Finance	costs

Net	finance	costs

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax	on	profit/(loss)

Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations

(Loss)/profit	for	the	year	from	discontinued	operations

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Earnings per 15p Ordinary share

Basic	earnings/(loss)	per	share	–	Total	Group

Diluted	earnings/(loss)	per	share	–	Total	Group

Basic	earnings/(loss)	per	share	–	Continuing	operations

Diluted	earnings/(loss)	per	share	–	Continuing	operations

2017

2016

Adjusted 
results
£m

Adjusting 
items
£m

Statutory 
results
£m

Adjusted	
results
£m

Adjusting	
items
£m

Statutory	
results
£m

Note

1

2

6

6

1

7

84.4

(75.5)

8.9

0.1

(0.7)

(0.6)

8.3

0.3

8.6

-

8.6

-

84.4

59.0

(8.1)

(8.1)

-

-

-

(8.1)

1.1

(7.0)

-

(7.0)

(83.6)

(56.2)

0.8

0.1

(0.7)

(0.6)

0.2

1.4

1.6

-

1.6

2.8

-

(0.5)

(0.5)

2.3

-

2.3

(0.1)

2.2

-

(17.0)

(17.0)

-

(0.2)

(0.2)

59.0

(73.2)

(14.2)

-

(0.7)

(0.7)

(17.2)

(14.9)

0.5

0.5

(16.7)

(14.4)

0.3

0.2

(16.4)

(14.2)

Adjusted 
results
pence

2017
Adjusting 
items
pence

Statutory 
results
pence

Adjusted	
results
pence

23.2

21.0

23.2

21.0

(18.9)

(17.1)

(18.9)

(17.1)

4.3

3.9

4.3

3.9

9.1

8.8

9.5

9.2

Note

9

9

9

9

Restated
2016*
Adjusting	
items
pence

(67.9)

(67.6)

(69.1)

(68.8)

Statutory	
results
pence

(58.8)

(58.8)

(59.6)

(59.6)

* The prior year comparatives have been restated to reflect the 15:1 share consolidation completed on 2 February 2017.

As	permitted	by	the	exemption	under	Section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	no	Company	income	statement	or	statement	of	comprehensive	income	
is	presented.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017

Profit/(loss) for the year

Items that may be reclassified to the consolidated income statement

Continuing operations

Currency	translation	differences

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year from continuing operations

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year attributable to continuing operations

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to discontinued operations

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Items	in	the	statement	above	are	disclosed	net	of	tax.

2017
£m

1.6

(0.2)

(0.2)

1.4

-

1.4

2016
£m

(14.2)

0.3

0.3

(14.1)

0.2

(13.9)

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
51

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017

Group

Balance at 1 October 2015

Loss for the year

Currency	translation	differences

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Share	capital	issued	during	the	year

Share	schemes	

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Balance at 30 September 2016

Profit for the year

Currency	translation	differences

Other comprehensive loss for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Share	capital	issued	during	the	year

Share	schemes	

-	Value	of	employees’	services

-	Deferred	tax	on	options

Balance at 30 September 2017

Company statement of changes in equity 
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017

Company

Balance at 1 October 2015

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Share	capital	issued	during	the	year	

Share	schemes

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Balance at 30 September 2016

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Share	capital	issued	during	the	year

Share	schemes	

-	Value	of	employees’	services

-	Deferred	tax	on	options

Balance at 30 September 2017

Issued
share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium 
account
£m

Note

Merger 
reserve
£m

Treasury 
reserve
£m

Accumulated 
losses
£m

3.3

24.8

109.0

(0.3)

-

-

-

-

0.4

-

3.7

-

-

-

-

3.1

-

-

6.8

5

23

5

13

-

-

-

-

2.8

-

27.6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

109.0

-

-

-

-

19.8

13.5

-

-

-

-

- 

-

- 

  -

-

  -

(0.3)

  -

-

-

-

-

-

-

(105.4)

(14.2)

		0.3

		0.3

(13.9)

-

0.5

(118.8)

1.6

(0.2)

(0.2)

1.4

-  

1.8

0.5

47.4

122.5

(0.3)

(115.1)

Note

Issued
share 
capital
£m

3.3	

-

-

0.4

-

3.7

-

-

3.1

-

-

6.8

23

13

Share 
premium 
account
£m

Merger 
reserve 
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

24.8

-

-

2.8

-

27.6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

19.8

13.5

-

-

-

-

47.4

13.5

9.9

(6.4)

(6.4)

-

0.5

4.0

(2.3)

(2.3)	

- 

1.8

0.5

4.0

Total 
equity
£m

31.4

(14.2)

		0.3

		0.3

(13.9)

3.2

0.5

21.2

1.6

(0.2)

(0.2)

1.4

36.4

1.8

0.5

61.3

Total 
equity
£m

38.0

(6.4)

(6.4)

3.2

0.5

35.3

(2.3)

		(2.3)

36.4

1.8

0.5

71.7

 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

52

Consolidated balance sheet
as	at	30	September	2017

Assets
Non-current assets

Property,	plant	and	equipment

Intangible	assets	-	goodwill

Intangible	assets	-	other

Investments

Deferred	tax

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Corporation	tax	recoverable

Trade	and	other	receivables

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets
Equity and liabilities
Equity

Issued	share	capital

Share	premium	account

Merger	reserve

Treasury	reserve

Accumulated	losses

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Financial	liabilities	-	interest-bearing	loans	and	borrowings

Corporation	tax	payable

Deferred	tax

Provisions

Other	non-current	liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Financial	liabilities	-	interest-bearing	loans	and	borrowings

Financial	liabilities	-	derivatives

Trade	and	other	payables

Corporation	tax	payable

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

10

11

11

13

14

15

16

23

25

25

25

18

13

20

21

18

19

17

2017
£m

1.0

65.8

26.5

0.2

4.4

97.9

0.7

0.1

13.6

10.1

24.5

122.4

6.8

47.4

122.5

(0.3)

(115.1)

61.3

16.9

-

4.6

2.6

0.6

24.7

3.2

0.1

29.9

3.2

36.4

61.1

122.4

2016
£m

0.5

29.5

3.7

-

2.4

36.1

0.4

0.1

12.4

2.9

15.8

51.9

3.7

27.6

109.0

(0.3)

(118.8)

21.2

0.1

2.6

0.9

1.5

0.5

5.6

2.3

-

21.4

1.4

25.1

30.7

51.9

The	financial	statements	on	pages	49	to	86	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	on	8	December	2017	and	signed	on	its	behalf	by:

Peter Allen 
Chairman	

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
53

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Company balance sheet
as	at	30	September	2017

Assets
Non-current assets

Investment	in	Group	undertakings

Deferred	tax

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade	and	other	receivables

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets
Equity and liabilities
Equity

Issued	share	capital

Share	premium	account

Merger	reserve

Retained	earnings

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Financial	liabilities	-	interest-bearing	loans	and	borrowings

Corporation	tax	payable

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Financial	liabilities	-	interest-bearing	loans	and	borrowings

Financial	liabilities	-	non-interest-bearing	overdraft

Financial	liabilities	-	derivatives

Trade	and	other	payables

Corporation	tax	payable

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

12

13

15

16

23

25

25

18

18

18

19

17

2017
£m

19.5

0.8

20.3

74.4

0.7

75.1

95.4

6.8

47.4

13.5

4.0

71.7

16.9

-

16.9

3.1

-

0.1

0.9

2.7

6.8

23.7

95.4

2016
£m

1.0

-

1.0

43.5

-

43.5

44.5

3.7

27.6

-

4.0

35.3

-

2.6

2.6

2.3

1.0

-

2.4

0.9

6.6

9.2

44.5

The	financial	statements	on	pages	49	to	86	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	on	8	December	2017	and	signed	on	its	behalf	by:

Peter Allen 
Chairman	

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer

Future	plc
Company	registration	number:	3757874

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

54

Consolidated and Company cash flow statements
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash	generated	from/(used	in)	operations

Tax	received

Interest	paid

Tax	paid

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase	of	property,	plant	and	equipment

Purchase	of	computer	software	and	website	development

Purchase	of	magazine	titles	and	events

Purchase	of	subsidiary	undertakings,	net	of	cash	acquired

Disposal	of	magazine	titles	and	trademarks

Net	movement	in	amounts	owed	to/by	subsidiaries

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds	from	issue	of	Ordinary	share	capital

Costs	of	share	issue

Draw	down	of	bank	loans

Repayment	of	bank	loans

Bank	arrangement	fees

Repayment	of	finance	leases

Net cash generated from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	beginning	of	year

Exchange	adjustments

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Amount	attributable	to	continuing	operations

Group
2017
£m

Company
2017
£m

12.0

-

(0.6)

(1.4)

10.0

(0.6)

(1.2)

(0.8)

(31.8)

0.2

- 

(34.2)

22.0

(1.0)

23.3

(12.0)

(0.7)

(0.1)

31.5

7.3

2.9

(0.1)

10.1

10.1

(2.6)

-

(0.6)

(0.8)

(4.0)

-

-

-

-

-

(25.9)

(25.9)

22.0

(1.0)

23.3

(12.0)

(0.7)

- 

31.6

1.7

(1.0)

-

0.7

0.7

Group
2016
£m

3.1

0.1

(0.4)

(0.8)

2.0

(0.2)

(1.7)

		(0.6)

		(0.3)

-

-

(2.8)

		3.3

(0.2)

Company
2016
£m

(1.4)

-

(0.4)

(0.7)

(2.5)

-

-

-

-

-

8.3

8.3

3.3

		(0.2)

4.6

																					4.6

(5.7)

-

		(0.1)

1.9

1.1

1.6

0.2

2.9

2.9

(5.7)

-

  -

																					2.0

7.8

(8.8)

-

(1.0)

(1.0)

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
55

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Notes to the Consolidated and Company cash flow statements
for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017

A. Cash generated from operations
The	reconciliation	of	profit/(loss)	for	the	year	to	cash	generated	from/(used	in)	operations	is	set	out	below:

Profit/(loss)	for	the	year		–	Continuing	operations

																																							–	Discontinued	operations

Profit/(loss)	for	the	year	–	Total	Group

Adjustments	for:

Depreciation	charge	

Amortisation	of	intangible	assets

Impairment	of	intangible	assets

Profit	on	disposal	of	magazine	titles	and	trademarks

Share	schemes

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Impairment	of	investment	in	Group	undertakings

Dividend	receivable	from	Group	undertaking

Net	finance	costs

Tax	(credit)/charge

Profit/(loss) before changes in working capital and provisions

Movement	in	provisions

Decrease	in	inventories

Decrease/(increase)	in	trade	and	other	receivables

(Decrease)/increase	in	trade	and	other	payables

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

B. Analysis of net cash/(debt)

Group
2017
£m

Company
2017
£m

1.6

-

1.6

0.3

4.1

-

-

1.8

-

-

0.6

(1.4)

7.0

1.0

0.1

6.0

(2.1)

12.0

(2.3)

-

(2.3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(0.3)

0.6

0.7

(1.3)

-

-

0.1

(1.4)

(2.6)

Group
2016
£m

(14.4)

0.2

(14.2)

0.4

2.0

13.0

(0.4)

0.5

-

-

0.7

(0.5)

1.5

(0.6)

0.1

3.8

(1.7)

3.1

Company
2016
£m

(6.4)

-

(6.4)

-

-

-

-

-

131.4

(130.9)

2.9

0.1

(2.9)

-

-

(0.1)

1.6

(1.4)

Group

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Debt	due	within	one	year

Debt	due	after	more	than	one	year

Net cash/(debt)

1 October 
2016
£m

2.9

(2.3)

		(0.1)

0.5

Cash flows
£m

Acquisitions
£m

Finance leases 
entered into
£m

Other non-cash 
changes
£m

Exchange 
movements
£m

30 September 
2017
£m

5.6

6.0

(17.2)

(5.6)

1.7

(6.9)

-

(5.2)

-

(0.1)

-

(0.1)

-

0.1

0.4

0.5

(0.1)

-

-

(0.1)

10.1

(3.2)

(16.9)

(10.0)

Company

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	

Debt	due	within	one	year

Debt	due	after	more	than	one	year
Net debt

C. Reconciliation of movement in net cash/(debt)

1 October 
2016
£m

(1.0)

(2.3)

-
(3.3)

Net	cash/(debt)	at	start	of	year

Increase	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents

Movement	in	borrowings

Borrowings	acquired	with	subsidiaries

Finance	leases	entered	into

Other	non-cash	changes

Exchange	movements

Net (debt)/cash at end of year

Cash flows
£m

Acquisitions
£m

Other non-cash 
changes
£m

30 September 
2017
£m

1.7

6.0

(17.3)
(9.6)

Group
2017
£m

0.5

7.3

(11.2)

(6.9)

(0.1)

0.5

(0.1)

(10.0)

-

(6.9)

-
(6.9)

Company
2017
£m

(3.3)

1.7

(11.3)

(6.9)

  -

0.5

-

(19.3)

-

0.1

0.4
0.5

Group
2016
£m

(1.8)

1.1

1.2

  -

		(0.2)	

-

0.2

0.5

0.7

(3.1)

(16.9)
(19.3)

Company
2016
£m

(12.2)

7.8

1.1

  -

  -

-

-

(3.3)

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

56

Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

These	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention,	except	for	derivative	financial	instruments	and	
share	awards	which	are	measured	at	fair	value.

The	principal	accounting	policies	applied	in	the	preparation	of	the	consolidated	financial	statements	published	in	this	2017	Annual	
Report	are	set	out	on	pages	56	to	59.		These	policies	have	been	applied	consistently	to	all	years	presented,	unless	otherwise	stated.

The	financial	statements	of	the	Group	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS)	
issued	by	the	International	Accounting	Standards	Board	(IASB)	and	the	IFRS	Interpretations	Committee’s	(IFRS	IC)	interpretations	
as	adopted	by	the	European	Union,	applicable	as	at	30	September	2017,	and	those	parts	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	applicable	to	
companies	reporting	under	IFRS.

The	going	concern	basis	has	been	adopted	in	preparing	these	financial	statements	as	stated	by	the	Directors	on	page	25.	

Presentation of non-statutory measures

The	Directors	believe	that	adjusted	results	and	
adjusted	earnings	per	share	provide	additional	
useful	information	on	the	core	operational	
performance	of	the	Group	to	shareholders,	and	
review	the	results	of	the	Group	on	an	adjusted	
basis	internally.	The	term	‘adjusted’	is	not	a	
defined	term	under	IFRS	and	may	not	therefore	
be	comparable	with	similarly	titled	profit	
measurements	reported	by	other	companies.	
It	is	not	intended	to	be	a	substitute	for,	or	
superior	to,	IFRS	measurements	of	profit.	

Adjustments	are	made	in	respect	of:	

Share-based	payments	–	share-based	
payment	expenses	or	credits,	together	with	the	
associated	social	security	costs,	are	excluded	
from	the	adjusted	results	of	the	Group	as	the	
Directors	believe	that	the	volatility	of	these	
charges	can	distort	the	user’s	view	of	the	core	
trading	performance	of	the	Group.	Details	of	
share-based	payments	are	shown	in	note	24.

Exceptional	items	–	the	Group	considers	items	
of	income	and	expense	as	exceptional	and	
excludes	them	from	the	adjusted	results	where	
the	nature	of	the	item,	or	its	size,	is	material	
and	likely	to	be	non-recurring	in	nature	(in	the	
medium	term)	so	as	to	assist	the	user	of	the	
financial	statements	to	better	understand	the	
results	of	the	core	operations	of	the	Group.	
Details	of	exceptional	items	are	shown	in	note	4.	

effect	of	the	items	above	that	are	allowable	
deductions	for	tax	purposes	calculated	using	
the	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax.	

A	reconciliation	of	adjusted	operating	profit	to	
profit/(loss)	before	tax	is	shown	below:

Adjusted	operating	profit

Adjusted	finance	costs

Adjusted	profit	before	tax

Adjusting	items:

Share-based	payments

Exceptional	items

Amortisation	of	acquired	
intangibles

2017 
£m

8.9

2016
£m

2.8

(0.6)

(0.5)

8.3

2.3

(2.1)

(3.7)

(0.5)

(3.5)

(2.3)

-

Impairment	of	intangible	assets

Non-trading	foreign	exchange	
losses

-

-

(13.0)

(0.2)

The	cost	of	an	acquisition	is	measured	as	
the	fair	value	of	the	assets	given,	equity	
instruments	issued	and	liabilities	incurred	or	
assumed	at	the	date	of	exchange,	and	includes	
the	fair	value	of	any	asset	or	liability	resulting	
from	a	contingent	consideration	arrangement.	
Acquisition-related	costs	are	expensed	as	
incurred.	Identifiable	assets	acquired	and	
liabilities	and	contingent	liabilities	assumed	in	
a	business	combination	are	measured	initially	
at	their	fair	values	at	the	acquisition	date.	The	
excess	of	the	cost	of	acquisition	over	the	fair	
value	of	the	Group’s	share	of	the	identifiable	
net	assets	acquired	is	recorded	as	goodwill.	

Inter-company	transactions,	balances	and	
unrealised	gains	on	transactions	between	
Group	companies	are	eliminated.	Unrealised	
losses	are	also	eliminated	but	are	considered	
an	impairment	indicator	of	the	asset	
transferred.	Accounting	policies	of	subsidiaries	
have	been	changed	where	necessary	to	
ensure	consistency	with	the	policies	adopted	
by	the	Group.

Profit/(loss) before tax

0.2

(14.9)

Segment reporting

A	reconciliation	between	adjusted	and	statutory	
earnings	per	share	measures	is	shown	in	note	9.

Basis of consolidation

The	Group	is	organised	and	arranged	primarily	
by	geographical	segment.	Operating	segments	
are	reported	in	a	manner	consistent	with	
the	internal	reporting	provided	to	the	Chief	
Operating	Decision	Makers	who	are	considered	
to	be	the	executive	Directors	of	Future	plc.

Amortisation	of	acquired	intangible	assets	–	
the	amortisation	charge	for	those	intangible	
assets	recognised	on	business	combinations	
is	excluded	from	the	adjusted	results	of	the	
Group	since	they	are	non-cash	charges	arising	
from	non-trading	investment	activities.	As	
such,	they	are	not	considered	reflective	of	the	
core	trading	performance	of	the	Group.	

Non-trading	foreign	exchange	losses	–	certain	
other	items	are	excluded	from	adjusted	results	
where	their	inclusion	distorts	the	comparability	
of	core	trading	results	year-on-year.	

The	tax	related	to	adjusting	items	is	the	tax	

The	consolidated	financial	statements	
incorporate	the	financial	statements	of	
Future	plc	(the	Company)	and	its	subsidiary	
undertakings.	Subsidiaries	are	all	entities	
controlled	by	the	Group.	Control	exists	when	
the	Group	is	either	exposed	to	or	has	the	rights	
to	variable	returns	from	its	involvement	with	the	
entity	and	has	the	ability	to	affect	those	returns	
through	its	power	over	the	entity.	Subsidiaries	
are	fully	consolidated	from	the	date	on	which	
control	is	transferred	to	the	Group.	They	are	
deconsolidated	from	the	date	that	control	
ceases.	The	purchase	method	of	accounting	
is	used	to	account	for	the	acquisition	of	
subsidiaries	by	the	Group.

Revenue recognition

Revenue	from	the	sale	of	goods	is	recognised	
in	the	income	statement	when	the	significant	
risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	have	been	
transferred	to	the	buyer.	Revenue	from	
services	rendered	is	recognised	in	the	
income	statement	once	the	service	has	been	
completed.		

Revenue	comprises	the	fair	value	of	the	
consideration	received	or	receivable	for	the	
sale	of	goods	and	services	in	the	ordinary	
course	of	the	Group’s	activities.	Revenue	

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
57

Future plc

Financial 
statements

is	shown	net	of	value-added	tax,	estimated	
returns,	rebates	and	discounts	and	after	
eliminating	sales	within	the	Group.	The	
following	recognition	criteria	also	apply:

•	Magazine	newsstand	circulation	and

advertising	revenue	is	recognised	according	
to	the	date	that	the	related	publication	goes	
on	sale.

On	consolidation,	exchange	differences	 
arising	from	the	translation	of	the	net	investment	
in	foreign	operations,	and	of	borrowings	and	
other	currency	instruments	designated	as	
hedges	of	such	investments,	are	taken	to	
shareholders’	equity.	When	a	foreign	operation	
is	sold,	exchange	differences	that	were	
recorded	in	equity	are	recognised	in	the	income	
statement	as	part	of	the	gain	or	loss	on	sale.

•	Online	advertising	revenue	is	recognised	over	
the	period	during	which	the	advertisements	
are	served.

Employee benefits

•	Revenue	from	the	sale	of	digital	magazine	

subscriptions	is	recognised	uniformly	over	the	
term	of	the	subscription.

•	Event	income	is	recognised	when	the	event	

has	taken	place.

•	Licensing	revenue	is	recognised	on	the	

supply	of	the	licensed	content.	

•	Other	revenue	is	recognised	at	the	time	of	

sale	or	provision	of	service.

Foreign currency translation

(a) Functional and presentation currency
Items	included	in	the	financial	statements	of	
each	of	the	Group’s	entities	are	measured	
using	the	currency	of	the	primary	economic	
environment	in	which	the	entity	operates	
(‘the	functional	currency’).	The	consolidated	
financial	statements	are	presented	in	sterling,	
which	is	the	Group’s	presentation	currency.

(b) Transactions and balances
Foreign	currency	transactions	are	translated	
into	the	functional	currency	using	the	exchange	
rate	prevailing	at	the	date	of	the	transaction.		
Foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	resulting	
from	the	settlement	of	such	transactions	
and	from	the	translation	at	balance	sheet	
exchange	rates	of	monetary	assets	and	
liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	
are	recognised	in	the	income	statement,	
with	exchange	differences	arising	on	trading	
transactions	being	reported	in	operating	
profit	and	with	those	arising	on	financing	
transactions	reported	in	net	finance	costs	
unless,	as	a	result	of	cash	flow	hedging,	they	
are	reported	in	other	comprehensive	income.

(c) Group companies
The	results	and	financial	position	of	all	the	Group	
entities	that	have	a	functional	currency	different	
from	the	presentation	currency	are	translated	
into	the	presentation	currency	as	follows:

(i)		 	Assets	and	liabilities	for	each	balance	

sheet	are	translated	at	the	closing	rate	at	
the	date	of	that	balance	sheet.

(ii)		 	Income	and	expenses	for	each	income	
statement	are	translated	at	average	
exchange	rates.

(iii)			All	resulting	exchange	differences	are	
recognised	as	a	separate	component	 
of	equity.

(a) Pension obligations
The	Group	has	a	number	of	defined	contribution	
plans.	For	defined	contribution	plans	the	Group	
pays	contributions	into	a	privately	administered	
pension	plan	on	a	contractual	or	voluntary	
basis.	The	Group	has	no	further	payment	
obligations	once	the	contributions	have	been	
paid.	Contributions	are	charged	to	the	income	
statement	as	they	are	incurred.

(b) Share-based compensation
The	Group	operates	a	number	of	equity-
settled,	share-based	compensation	plans.	 
The	fair	value	of	the	employee	services	
received	in	exchange	for	the	grant	of	the	
awards	is	recognised	as	an	expense.	The	
total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	
appropriate	service	period	is	determined	by	
reference	to	the	fair	value	of	the	awards.	The	
calculation	of	fair	value	includes	assumptions	
regarding	the	number	of	cancellations	and	
excludes	the	impact	of	any	non-market	
vesting	conditions	(for	example,	earnings	per	
share).	Non-market	vesting	conditions	are	
included	in	assumptions	about	the	number	
of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	At	each	
balance	sheet	date,	the	Group	revises	its	
estimates	of	the	number	of	awards	that	are	
expected	to	vest.	It	recognises	the	impact	of	
the	revision	of	original	estimates,	if	any,	in	
the	income	statement,	with	a	corresponding	
adjustment	to	equity.

The	grant	by	the	Company	of	share	awards	
to	the	employees	of	subsidiary	undertakings	
is	treated	as	a	capital	contribution.	The	
fair	value	of	employee	services	received,	
measured	by	reference	to	the	grant	date	fair	
value,	is	recognised	over	the	vesting	period	
as	an	increase	to	investment	in	subsidiary	
undertakings,	with	a	corresponding	credit	to	
equity	in	the	Company’s	financial	statements.

Shares	in	the	Company	are	held	in	trust	to	
satisfy	the	exercise	of	awards	under	certain	 
of	the	Group’s	share-based	compensation	
plans	and	exceptional	awards.	The	trust	is	
consolidated	within	the	Group	financial	
statements.	These	shares	are	presented	 
in	the	consolidated	balance	sheet	as	a	 
deduction	from	equity	at	the	market	value	 
on	the	date	of	acquisition.

(c) Bonus plans
The	Group	recognises	a	liability	and	an	expense	
for	bonuses	taking	into	consideration	the	profit	
attributable	to	the	Company’s	shareholders	after	
certain	adjustments.	The	Group	recognises	a	
provision	where	contractually	obliged	or	where	
there	is	a	past	practice	that	has	created	a	
constructive	obligation.

Leases

Leases	in	which	the	Group	assumes	
substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	
ownership	of	the	leased	assets	are	classified	
as	finance	leases.	All	other	leases	are	classed	
as	operating	leases.

Assets	held	under	finance	leases	are	included	
either	as	property,	plant	and	equipment	or	
intangible	assets	at	the	lower	of	their	fair	
value	at	inception	or	the	present	value	of	the	
minimum	lease	payments	and	are	depreciated	
over	their	estimated	economic	lives	or	the	
finance	lease	period,	whichever	is	the	shorter.	
The	corresponding	liability	is	recorded	within	
borrowings.	The	interest	element	of	the	rental	
costs	is	charged	against	profits	over	the	period	
of	the	lease	using	the	actuarial	method.

Payments	made	under	operating	leases	(net	
of	any	incentives	received	from	the	lessor)	are	
charged	to	the	income	statement	on	a	straight-
line	basis	over	the	period	of	the	lease.

Tax

Tax	on	the	profit	or	loss	for	the	year	comprises	
current	tax	and	deferred	tax.	Tax	is	recognised	
in	the	income	statement	except	to	the	extent	
that	it	relates	to	items	recognised	directly	in	
equity	in	which	case	it	is	recognised	in	equity.

Current	tax	is	payable	based	on	taxable	
profits	for	the	year,	using	tax	rates	that	have	
been	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	
at	the	balance	sheet	date,	along	with	any	
adjustment	relating	to	tax	payable	in	previous	
years.	Management	periodically	evaluates	
items	detailed	in	tax	returns	where	the	tax	
treatment	is	subject	to	interpretation.	Taxable	
profit	differs	from	net	profit	in	the	income	
statement	in	that	income	or	expense	items	that	
are	taxable	or	deductible	in	other	years	are	
excluded	–	as	are	items	that	are	never	taxable	
or	deductible.	Current	tax	assets	relate	to	
payments	on	account	not	offset	against	current	
tax	liabilities.

Deferred	tax	is	provided	in	full,	using	the	
liability	method,	on	temporary	differences	
arising	between	the	tax	bases	of	assets	and	
liabilities	and	their	carrying	amounts	in	the	
consolidated	financial	statements.	However,	
deferred	tax	is	not	accounted	for	if	it	arises	from	
initial	recognition	of	an	asset	or	liability	in	a	
transaction	other	than	a	business	combination	
that	at	the	time	of	the	transaction	affects	neither	
accounting	nor	taxable	profit	or	loss.	Deferred	
tax	is	determined	using	tax	rates	(and	laws)	that	
have	been	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	
by	the	balance	sheet	date	and	are	expected	
to	apply	when	the	related	deferred	tax	asset	is	
realised	or	the	deferred	tax	liability	is	settled	in	
the	appropriate	territory.

Deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	the	
extent	that	it	is	probable	that	future	taxable	
profits	will	be	available	against	which	the	
temporary	differences	can	be	utilised.		
Deferred	tax	is	provided	on	temporary	
differences	arising	on	investments	in	
subsidiaries,	except	where	the	timing	of	
the	reversal	of	the	temporary	difference	is	

 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

58

controlled	by	the	Group	and	it	is	probable	 
that	the	temporary	difference	will	not	reverse	 
in	the	foreseeable	future.

Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	offset	
against	each	other	where	they	relate	to	
the	same	jurisdiction	and	there	is	a	legally	
enforceable	right	to	offset.

Dividends

All	dividend	distributions	to	the	Company’s	
shareholders	are	recognised	as	a	liability	in	the	
financial	statements	in	the	period	in	which	they	
are	approved.

Property, plant and equipment

Property,	plant	and	equipment	is	stated	at	
cost	(or	deemed	cost)	less	accumulated	
depreciation	and	impairment	losses.	Cost	
includes	expenditure	that	is	directly	attributable	
to	the	acquisition	of	the	items.

Depreciation

Depreciation	is	calculated	using	the	straight-
line	method	to	allocate	the	cost	of	property,	
plant	and	equipment	less	residual	value	over	
estimated	useful	lives,	as	follows:

•		Land	and	buildings	–	50	years	or	period	of	the	

lease	if	shorter.

•		Plant	and	machinery	–	between	one	and	 

five	years.

•		Equipment,	fixtures	and	fittings	–	between	

one	and	five	years.

The	assets’	residual	values	and	useful	lives	
are	reviewed,	and	adjusted	if	appropriate,	
at	each	balance	sheet	date.	An	asset’s	
carrying	amount	is	written	down	immediately	
to	its	recoverable	amount	if	the	asset’s	
carrying	amount	is	greater	than	its	estimated	
recoverable	amount.

Gains	and	losses	on	disposals	are	determined	
by	comparing	proceeds	with	carrying	amounts.	
These	are	included	in	the	income	statement.	

Intangible assets

(a) Goodwill
Goodwill	represents	the	difference	between	
the	cost	of	the	acquisition	and	the	fair	value	of	
net	identifiable	assets	acquired.	

Goodwill	is	stated	at	cost	less	any	 
accumulated	impairment	losses.	Goodwill	 
is	allocated	to	appropriate	cash	generating	
units	(those	expected	to	benefit	from	the	
business	combination)	and	it	is	not	subject	to	
amortisation	but	is	tested	annually	for	
impairment.

(b) Titles, trademarks, customer lists, 
advertising relationships, eCommerce 
technology and other ‘magazine and 
website related’ intangibles
Magazine	and	website	related	intangible	
assets	have	a	finite	useful	life	and	are	stated	
at	cost	less	accumulated	amortisation.	Assets	
acquired	as	part	of	a	business	combination	
are	initially	stated	at	fair	value.	Amortisation	
is	calculated	using	the	straight-line	method	to	
allocate	the	cost	of	these	intangibles	over	their	
estimated	useful	lives	(between	one	and	ten	
years).

Expenditure	incurred	on	the	launch	of	new	
magazine	titles	is	recognised	as	an	expense	 
in	the	income	statement	as	incurred.	

(c) Computer software and website 
development
Non-integral	computer	software	purchases	are	
stated	at	cost	less	accumulated	amortisation.	
Costs	incurred	in	the	development	of	new	
websites	are	capitalised	only	where	the	cost	
can	be	directly	attributed	to	developing	the	
website	to	operate	in	the	manner	intended	
by	management	and	only	to	the	extent	of	the	
future	economic	benefits	expected	from	its	use.	
These	costs	are	amortised	on	a	straight-line	
basis	over	their	estimated	useful	lives	(between	
one	and	three	years).	Costs	associated	with	
maintaining	computer	software	or	websites	are	
recognised	as	an	expense	as	incurred.

Impairment tests and Cash-Generating 
Units (CGUs)

A	CGU	is	defined	as	the	smallest	identifiable	
group	of	assets	that	generates	cash	inflows	
that	are	largely	independent	of	the	cash	inflows	
from	other	assets	or	groups	of	assets.

Goodwill	is	not	amortised	but	tested	for	
impairment	at	least	once	a	year	or	more	
frequently	when	there	is	an	indication	that	it	
may	be	impaired.	Therefore,	the	evolution	of	
general	economic	and	financial	trends	as	well	
as	actual	economic	performance	compared	
to	market	expectations	represent	external	
indicators	that	are	analysed	by	the	Group,	
together	with	internal	performance	indicators,	
in	order	to	assess	whether	an	impairment	test	
should	be	performed	more	than	once	a	year.

IAS	36	‘Impairment	of	Assets’	requires	these	
tests	to	be	performed	at	the	level	of	each	
CGU	or	group	of	CGUs	likely	to	benefit	from	
acquisition-related	synergies,	within	an	
operating	segment.

Any	impairment	of	goodwill	is	recorded	in	the	
income	statement	as	a	deduction	from	operating	
profit	and	is	never	reversed	subsequently.

Other	intangible	assets	with	a	finite	life	are	
amortised	and	are	tested	for	impairment	only	
where	there	is	an	indication	that	an	impairment	
may	have	occurred.

Recoverable amount

To	determine	whether	an	impairment	loss	
should	be	recognised,	the	carrying	value	of	 

the	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	CGUs	or	 
groups	of	CGUs	is	compared	to	their	
recoverable	amount.

Carrying	values	of	CGUs	and	groups	of	CGUs	
tested	include	goodwill	and	assets	with	finite	
useful	lives	(property,	plant	and	equipment,	
intangible	assets	and	net	working	capital).

The	recoverable	amount	of	a	CGU	is	the	
higher	of	its	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell	and	
its	value	in	use.	Fair	value	less	costs	to	sell	
is	the	best	estimate	of	the	amount	obtainable	
from	the	sale	of	an	asset	in	an	arm’s	length	
transaction	between	knowledgeable,	willing	
parties,	less	the	costs	of	disposal.	This	
estimate	is	determined,	on	30	September,	on	
the	basis	of	the	discounted	present	value	of	
expected	future	cash	flows	plus	a	terminal	
value	and	reflects	general	market	sentiment	
and	conditions.	

Value	in	use	is	the	present	value	of	the	
future	cash	flows	expected	to	be	derived	
from	the	CGUs	or	group	of	CGUs.	Cash	
flow	projections	are	based	on	economic	
assumptions	and	forecast	trading	conditions	
drawn	up	by	the	Group’s	management,	 
as	follows:

•	cash	flow	projections	are	based	on	five-year	

business	plans;

•	cash	flow	projections	beyond	that	time	frame	
are	extrapolated	by	applying	a	2.0%	growth	
rate	to	perpetuity;	and

•		the	cash	flows	obtained	are	discounted	using	
appropriate	rates	for	the	business	and	the	
territories	concerned.

If	goodwill	has	been	allocated	to	a	CGU	and	
an	operation	within	that	CGU	is	disposed,	
the	goodwill	associated	with	that	operation	is	
included	in	the	carrying	amount	of	the	operation	
in	determining	the	profit	or	loss	on	disposal.	The	
goodwill	allocated	to	the	disposal	is	measured	
on	the	basis	of	the	relative	profitability	of	the	
operation	disposed	and	the	operations	retained.

Inventories

Inventories	are	stated	at	the	lower	of	cost	and	
net	realisable	value.	For	raw	materials,	cost	is	
taken	to	be	the	purchase	price	on	a	first	in,	first	
out	basis.	For	work	in	progress	and	finished	
goods,	cost	is	calculated	as	the	direct	cost	of	
production.	It	excludes	borrowing	costs.	Net	
realisable	value	is	the	estimated	selling	price	in	
the	ordinary	course	of	business,	less	applicable	
variable	selling	expenses.

Trade and other receivables

Trade	and	other	receivables	are	initially	
recognised	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	
measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	
interest	method,	less	a	provision	for	impairment.		
A	provision	for	impairment	of	trade	
receivables	is	made	when	there	is	objective	
evidence	that	the	Group	will	not	be	able	to	
collect	all	amounts	due	in	accordance	with	 
the	original	terms	of	the	receivables.

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
59

Future plc

Financial 
statements

Cash and cash equivalents

Investments

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	include	cash	in	
hand,	deposits	held	at	call	with	banks	and	
bank	overdrafts	for	the	purpose	of	the	cash	
flow	statement.	Bank	overdrafts	are	shown	
within	borrowings	in	current	liabilities	on	the	
balance	sheet.

The	Company’s	investments	in	subsidiary	
undertakings	are	stated	at	the	fair	value	 
of	consideration	payable,	including	related	
acquisition	costs,	less	any	provisions	 
for	impairment.

Trade and other payables

Trade	and	other	payables	are	initially	
recognised	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	
measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	 
effective	interest	method.

Borrowings

Borrowings	are	recognised	initially	at	fair	value,	
net	of	transaction	costs	incurred.	Borrowings	
are	subsequently	stated	at	amortised	cost	with	
any	difference	between	the	proceeds	(net	of	
transaction	costs)	and	the	redemption	value	
recognised	in	the	income	statement	over	the	
period	of	the	borrowings	using	the	effective	
interest	method.

Borrowings	are	classified	as	current	liabilities	
unless	the	Group	has	an	unconditional	right	to	
defer	settlement	of	the	liability	for	at	least	12	
months	after	the	balance	sheet	date.

Provisions

Provisions	are	recognised	when	the	Group	has	
a	present	legal	or	constructive	obligation	as	a	
result	of	past	events,	and	it	is	more	likely	than	
not	that	an	outflow	of	resources	will	be	required	
to	settle	the	obligation.

Provisions	are	measured	at	the	Directors’	best	
estimate	of	the	expenditure	required	to	settle	
the	obligation	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	and	
are	discounted	to	present	value	where	the	
effect	is	material.

Derivative financial instruments and 
hedging activities

The	Group	uses	derivative	financial	
instruments	to	reduce	exposure	to	foreign	
exchange	and	interest	rate	risks	and	
recognises	these	at	fair	value	in	its	balance	
sheet.	The	Group	applies	cash	flow	hedge	
accounting	under	IAS	39	in	respect	of	certain	
instruments	held.	For	instruments	for	which	
hedge	accounting	is	applied,	gains	and	losses	
are	taken	to	equity.	Any	changes	to	the	fair	
value	of	derivatives	not	hedge	accounted	for	
are	recognised	in	the	income	statement.	Any	
new	instruments	entered	into	by	the	Group	
will	be	reviewed	on	a	‘case	by	case’	basis	at	
inception	to	determine	whether	they	should	
qualify	as	hedges	and	be	accounted	for	
accordingly	under	IAS	39.	In	accordance	with	
its	treasury	policy,	the	Group	does	not	hold	or	
issue	any	derivative	financial	instruments	for	
trading	purposes.

Exceptional items

The	Group	classifies	transactions	as	
exceptional	where	they	relate	to	an	event	
that	falls	outside	the	ordinary	activities	of	
the	business	and	where	individually	or	in	
aggregate	they	have	a	material	impact	on	
the	financial	statements.	This	classification	
excludes	impairment	charges	made	on	the	
carrying	value	of	CGUs	or	groups	of	CGUs.	
The	separate	reporting	of	exceptional	items	
helps	provide	a	better	picture	of	the	Group’s	
underlying	performance.

Critical accounting assumptions, 
judgements and estimates

The	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	
under	IFRS	requires	the	use	of	certain	
critical	accounting	assumptions	and	requires	
management	to	exercise	its	judgement	and	to	
make	estimates	in	the	process	of	applying	the	
Group’s	accounting	policies.	The	areas	which	
the	Board	believes	contain	the	most	significant	
accounting	estimates	are:

(a) Carrying value of goodwill and  
other intangibles
The	Group	uses	forecast	cash	flow	information	
and	estimates	of	future	growth	to	assess	
whether	goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets	
are	impaired.	If	the	results	of	an	operation	in	
future	years	are	adverse	to	the	estimates	used	
for	impairment	testing,	an	impairment	may	be	
triggered	at	that	point,	or	a	reduction	in	useful	
economic	life	may	be	required.	Further	details	
are	included	within	note	11.

(b) Valuation of acquired intangible assets
Acquisitions	may	result	in	the	recognition	of	
intangible	assets,	such	as	titles,	trademarks,	
customer	lists,	advertising	relationships,	
publishing	rights	and	eCommerce	technology.	
These	assets	are	valued	using	a	discounted	
cash	flow	model	or	a	relief	from	royalty	method.	
In	applying	these	valuation	methods,	a	number	
of	key	judgements	are	made	in	respect	of	
discount	rates,	growth	rates	and	royalty	rates.

(c) Taxation
The	Group	is	subject	to	tax	in	all	territories,	
and	judgement	and	estimates	of	future	
profitability	are	required	to	determine	the	
Group’s	deferred	tax	position.	If	the	final	tax	
outcome	is	different	to	that	assumed,	resulting	
changes	will	be	reflected	in	the	income	
statement	or	statement	of	changes	in	equity	
as	appropriate.	The	Group	corporation	tax	
provision	reflects	management’s	estimation	of	
the	amount	of	tax	payable	for	fiscal	years	with	
open	tax	computations	where	liabilities	remain	
to	be	agreed	with	Her	Majesty’s	Revenue	and	
Customs	and	other	tax	authorities.	Further	
details	are	included	within	note	7.

(d) Revenue recognition
The	Group	makes	a	provision	for	sales	returns	
at	the	end	of	each	month.	The	UK	estimate	is	
calculated	by	looking	at	the	forecast	sales	
projections	for	the	following	month	of	the	 
titles	that	were	on	sale	at	the	year-end	and	
providing	for	any	shortfall.	The	US	estimate	is	 
made	based	on	a	study	of	the	historic	levels	 
of	returns.

(e) Recoverability of investments
The	carrying	amount	of	the	Company’s	
investments	in	subsidiary	undertakings	is	
reviewed	annually	to	determine	if	there	is	any	
indication	of	impairment.	If	any	such	indication	
exists,	the	investments’	recoverable	amounts	
are	estimated.	The	recoverable	amount	is	the	
higher	of	fair	value	less	cost	to	sell	and	value	in	
use.	Value	in	use	is	the	present	value	of	the	
estimated	future	cash	flows.	Impairment	losses	
are	recognised	in	the	income	statement	when	
the	carrying	amount	of	an	asset	exceeds	its	
estimated	recoverable	amount.

New or revised accounting standards 
and interpretations 

There	has	been	no	material	impact	from	
the	adoption	of	the	following	new	or	revised	
standards	which	are	relevant	to	the	Group:

•	

•	

•	

	Annual	improvements	to	IFRSs	2012- 
2014	Cycle.
	Amendment	to	IAS	1	Presentation	of	
financial	statements	on	the	disclosure	
initiative.
	Amendment	to	IAS	16	and	IAS	38	
Clarification	of	acceptable	methods	of	
depreciation	and	amortisation.

Certain	new	standards,	amendments	and	
interpretations	to	existing	standards	have	been	
published	that	are	mandatory	for	accounting	
periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	October	2017	or	
later	periods	but	which	the	Group	has	chosen	
not	to	adopt	early.	These	include	the	following	
standards	which	are	relevant	to	the	Group:

•	

•	
•	

•	

	Amendment	to	IFRS	2	Share-based	
payment	to	clarify	the	classification	and	
measurement	of	share-based	payment	
transactions.
IFRS	9	Financial	instruments.
	IFRS	15	Revenue	from	contracts	 
with	customers.
IFRS	16	Leases.

The	Group	has	begun	to	assess	the	impact	of	
adopting	both	IFRS	15,	which	will	be	effective	
for	the	year	ending	30	September	2019,	and	
IFRS	16,	which	will	be	effective	for	the	year	
ending	30	September	2020.

The	Group	does	not	expect	that	the	other	
standards	and	amendments	issued	but	not	yet	
effective	will	have	a	material	impact	on	results	
or	net	assets.

 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

60

Notes to the financial statements

1. Segmental reporting 

The	Group	is	organised	and	arranged	primarily	by	reportable	segment.	The	executive	Directors	consider	the	performance	of	the	business	from	
a	geographical	perspective,	namely	the	UK	and	the	US.	The	Australian	business	is	considered	to	be	part	of	the	UK	segment	and	is	not	reported	
separately	due	to	its	size.	

(a) Reportable segment
(i) Segment revenue

UK

US

Revenue	between	segments

Total continuing operations

Transactions	between	segments	are	carried	out	at	arm’s	length.

(ii)  Segment adjusted EBITDA

UK

US

Total segment adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

2017
£m

67.2

19.1

(1.9)

84.4

2017
£m

6.9

4.1

11.0

2016
£m

44.7

15.2

(0.9)

59.0

2016
£m

3.2

2.0

5.2

Adjusted	EBITDA	is	used	by	the	executive	Directors	to	assess	the	performance	of	each	segment.	

A	reconciliation	of	total	segment	adjusted	EBITDA	from	continuing	operations	to	profit/(loss)	before	tax	from	continuing	operations	is	provided	as	
follows:

Total segment adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

Share-based	payments	(including	social	security	costs)

Depreciation

Amortisation

Exceptional	items

Impairment	of	intangible	assets

Net	finance	costs

Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations

(iii) Segment assets and liabilities

2017
£m

11.0

(2.1)

(0.3)

(4.1)

(3.7)

-

(0.6)

0.2

2016
£m

5.2

(0.5)

(0.4)

(2.0)

(3.5)

(13.0)

(0.7)

(14.9)

UK

US

Total

(iv) Other segment information

UK

US

Continuing	operations

Discontinued	operations

Total 

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Segment net assets

2017
£m

113.9

8.5

122.4

2016
£m

46.6

5.3

51.9

2017
£m

(56.5)

(4.6)

(61.1)

2016
£m

(26.5)

(4.2)

(30.7)

2017
£m

57.4

3.9

61.3

2016
£m

20.1

1.1

21.2

Additions to 
non-current assets

Depreciation 
and amortisation

Impairment charges

Exceptional items

2017
£m

64.5

-

64.5

-

64.5

2016
£m

4.6

-

4.6

-

4.6

2017
£m

4.3

0.1

4.4

-

4.4

2016
£m

1.9

0.5

2.4

-

2.4

2017
£m

-

-

-

-

-

2016
£m

13.0

-

13.0

-

13.0

2017
£m

2.4

1.3

3.7

-

3.7

2016
£m

2.8

0.7

3.5

(0.3)

3.2

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

Other	than	the	items	disclosed	above	and	a	share-based	payments	charge	of	£1.8m	(2016:	£0.5m)	there	were	no	other	significant	non-cash	expenses	
during	the	year.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61

Future plc

Financial 
statements

1. Segmental reporting (continued)

(b) Business segment
After	geographical	location,	the	Group	is	managed	in	two	segments.	The	Media	segment	comprises	websites	and	events	and	the	Magazine	segment	
comprises	magazines.	An	additional	segment,	Other,	was	retained	to	reflect	unallocated	salaries	and	other	direct	costs	which	are	not	directly	charged	
to	the	business	segments	for	internal	reporting	purposes.	The	Group	considers	that	the	assets	within	each	segment	are	exposed	to	the	same	risks.

(i) Revenue by business segment

Media	

Magazine

Revenue	between	segments

Total continuing operations

(ii) Gross profit by business segment

Media

Magazine

Other

Add	back:	distribution	expenses

Total continuing operations

2. Net operating expenses

Operating	profit/(loss)	from	continuing	operations	is	stated	after	charging:

Adjusted 
results
£m

(50.5)

(4.7)

-

-

(0.3)

(1.8)

-

(18.2)

(75.5)

2017
Adjusting 
items
£m

Statutory
results
£m

-

-

(2.1)

(3.7)

-

(2.3)

-

-

(8.1)

(50.5)

(4.7)

(2.1)

(3.7)

(0.3)

(4.1)

-

(18.2)

(83.6)

Adjusted	
results
£m

(37.2)

(3.6)

-

-

(0.4)

(2.0)

-

(13.0)

(56.2)

Cost	of	sales

Distribution	expenses
Share-based	payments	(including	social	 
security	costs)
Exceptional	items	(note	4)

Depreciation

Amortisation

Impairment	of	intangible	assets

Other	administration	expenses

3. Fees paid to auditors

Audit	fees	in	respect	of	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	of	the	Company	and	the	consolidated	financial	statements

Audit	related	assurance	services

Tax	compliance	services

Tax	advisory	services

Other	assurance	services

Services	relating	to	corporate	finance	transactions

Total fees

2017
£m

35.8

50.5

(1.9)

84.4

2017
£m

27.6

33.4

(31.8)

4.7

33.9

2016
£m

24.5

35.4

(0.9)

59.0

2016
£m

19.5

23.5

(24.8)

3.6

21.8

2016
Adjusting	
items
£m

Statutory	
results
£m

-

-

(0.5)

(3.5)

-

-

(13.0)

-

(17.0)

2017
£m

0.16

0.02

0.18

-

-

0.29

0.06

0.53

(37.2)

(3.6)

(0.5)

(3.5)

(0.4)

(2.0)

(13.0)

(13.0)

(73.2)

2016
£m

0.10

0.02

0.12

0.05

0.03

-

0.14

0.34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

62

4. Exceptional items from continuing operations

Vacant	property	provision	movements

Restructuring	and	redundancy	costs

Acquisition	and	integration	related	costs

Profit	on	disposal	of	magazine	titles	and	trademarks

Total charge

2017
£m

1.2

1.1

1.4

-

3.7

2016
£m

(0.5)

1.8

	2.3

	(0.1)

3.5

The	vacant	property	provision	movement	during	the	year	relates	to	surplus	office	space	in	the	UK	and	the	US.	

The	restructuring	and	redundancy	costs	relate	mainly	to	staff	termination	payments	and	other	restructuring	activities.	

The	acquisition	and	integration	related	costs	represent	fees	incurred	in	respect	of	the	acquisitions	and	subsequent	integrations	of	Miura	(Holdings)	
Limited,	the	ultimate	parent	company	of	Imagine	Publishing	Limited,	which	was	completed	on	21	October	2016,	and	the	home	interest	division	of	
Centaur	Media	plc,	which	was	completed	on	1	August	2017.	Further	details	in	respect	of	the	acquisitions	are	shown	in	note	29.

5. Employee costs from continuing operations

Wages	and	salaries

Social	security	costs

Other	pension	costs	

Share	schemes

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Total employee costs from continuing operations

Average monthly number of people for continuing operations 
(including Directors)

Production

Administration

Total

Group 
2017
£m

26.0

2.5

0.6

1.8

30.9

Group
2017
No.

471

111

582

Company
2017
£m

0.3

-

-

-

0.3

Company
2017
No.

-

4

4

Group 
2016 
£m

21.3

2.0

0.7

0.5

24.5

Group
2016
No.

399

89

488

Company
2016
£m

0.2

-

-

-

0.2

Company
2016
No.

-

4

4

At	30	September	2017,	the	actual	number	of	people	employed	by	the	Group	was	634	(2016:	449).	In	respect	of	our	reportable	segments	592	(2016:	390)	
were	employed	in	the	UK	and	42	(2016:	59)	were	employed	in	the	US.

Key management personnel compensation

Salaries	and	other	short-term	employee	benefits

Post	employment	benefits

Share	schemes

-	Value	of	employees’	services

Total

Group 
2017
£m

Company 
2017
£m

1.4

0.1

1.3

2.8

0.3

 -

 -

0.3

Group 
2016
£m

0.7

 -

	0.2

0.9

Company	
2016
£m

0.2

 -

 -

0.2

Key	management	personnel	are	deemed	to	be	the	members	of	the	Board	of	Future	plc.	It	is	this	Board	which	has	responsibility	for	planning,	directing	
and	controlling	the	activities	of	the	Group.

Zillah	Byng-Thorne	and	Penny	Ladkin-Brand	were	paid	by	Future	Publishing	Limited,	a	subsidiary	company,	for	their	services.	In	2017	£0.4m	(2016:	
£0.3m)	was	recharged	to	Future	plc	by	Future	Publishing	Limited	in	respect	of	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	and	£0.2m	(2016:	£0.2m)	was	recharged	in	respect	
of	Penny	Ladkin-Brand.

Further	details	on	the	Directors’	remuneration	and	interests	are	given	in	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	on	pages	29	to	41.	The	highest	paid	
Director	during	the	year	was	Zillah	Byng-Thorne	(2016:	Zillah	Byng-Thorne)	and	details	of	her	remuneration	are	shown	on	page	30.

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
63

Future plc

Financial 
statements

6.  Finance income and costs

Fair	value	gain	on	interest	rate	derivative	not	in	a	hedge	relationship

Total finance income

Interest	payable	on	interest-bearing	loans	and	borrowings

Amortisation	of	bank	loan	arrangement	fees

Other	finance	costs

Adjusted	finance	costs

Exchange	losses

Total reported finance costs

Net finance costs from continuing operations

7. Tax on profit/(loss)

The	tax	credited	in	the	consolidated	income	statement	for	continuing	operations	is	analysed	below:

UK corporation tax

Current	tax	at	19.5%	(2016:	20%)	on	the	profit/(loss)	for	the	year

Adjustments	in	respect	of	previous	years

Current tax

Deferred tax origination and reversal of temporary differences

Current	year	credit

Adjustments	in	respect	of	previous	years

Deferred tax

Total tax credit on continuing operations

2017
£m

0.1

0.1

(0.4)

(0.2)

(0.1)

(0.7)

-

(0.7)

(0.6)

2017
£m

0.6

0.2

0.8

(2.0)

(0.2)

(2.2)

(1.4)

The	tax	assessed	in	each	year	differs	from	the	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	the	UK	for	the	relevant	year.	The	differences	are	explained	below:

Profit/(loss)	before	tax

Profit/(loss)	before	tax	at	the	standard	UK	tax	rate	of	19.5%	(2016:	20%)

Non-deductible	amortisation	&	impairment

Losses	not	previously	recognised

Losses	and	other	timing	differences	recognised	in	respect	of	tax	in	the	US

Profits	relieved	against	brought	forward	losses

Other	net	disallowable	items

Adjustments	in	respect	of	previous	years

Total tax credit on continuing operations

2017
£m

0.2

-

-

(0.7)

(1.3)

-

0.6

-

(1.4)

2016
£m

-

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.3)

(0.5)

(0.2)

(0.7)

(0.7)

2016
£m

-

1.3

1.3

(1.6)

(0.2)

(1.8)

(0.5)

2016
£m

(14.9)

(3.0)

2.6

-

(1.4)

(0.2)

0.4

1.1

(0.5)

In	2013	the	Group	reached	agreement	with	HMRC	relating	to	the	tax	treatment	of	certain	one-off	transactions	which	took	place	in	2003.	Part	of	that	
agreement	will	result	in	the	Group	paying	tax	of	£6.2m	plus	interest	(comprising	instalments	of	£85,000	per	month	over	five	years	from	July	2013	and	a	
final	instalment	of	£2.0m).	The	tax	payable	was	fully	provided	for	in	prior	years’	financial	statements.	

The	prior	year	adjustment	in	2016	reflects	a	reassessment	of	the	availability	of	EU	Group	loss	relief	available	to	the	Group	as	a	result	of	the	additional	
uncertainty	surrounding	the	impact	of	the	Brexit	vote	on	the	success	of	the	claims.		

The	Directors	have	assessed	the	Group’s	uncertain	tax	positions	and	are	comfortable	that	the	provisions	in	place	are	not	material	either	individually	or	
in	aggregate	and	that	a	reasonably	possible	change	in	the	next	financial	year	would	not	have	material	impact	on	the	results	of	the	Group.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

64

8. Dividends

Equity dividends

Number	of	shares	in	issue	at	end	of	year	(million)

Dividends	paid	in	year	(pence	per	share)

Dividends paid in year (£m)

2017

45.4

-

-

Restated	
2016*

24.6

-

-

* The prior year comparatives have been restated to reflect the 15:1 share consolidation completed on 2 February 2017.

9. Earnings per share

Basic	earnings	per	share	are	calculated	using	the	weighted	average	number	of	Ordinary	shares	in	issue	during	the	year.	Diluted	earnings	per	share	
have	been	calculated	by	taking	into	account	the	dilutive	effect	of	shares	that	would	be	issued	on	conversion	into	Ordinary	shares	of	awards	held	under	
employee	share	schemes.

On	2	February	2017,	the	Company	issued	one	new	Ordinary	share	of	15	pence	for	each	15	existing	Ordinary	shares	of	1	pence	following	completion	of	
a	share	consolidation.	The	weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	for	all	periods	has	been	adjusted	for	the	share	consolidation.		

Adjusted	earnings	per	share	remove	the	effect	of	share-based	payments,	exceptional	items,	amortisation	of	intangible	assets	arising	on	acquisitions,	
impairment	of	intangible	assets,	exchange	losses	included	in	finance	costs	and	any	related	tax	effects	from	the	calculation.

Total Group 

Adjustments	to	profit/(loss)	after	tax:

Profit/(loss) after tax (£m)

Share-based	payments	(including	social	security	costs)	(£m)

Exceptional	items	(£m)

Amortisation	of	intangible	assets	arising	on	acquisitions	(£m)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(£m)

Exchange	losses	included	in	finance	costs	(£m)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(£m)

Adjusted profit after tax (£m)

Weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	during	the	year:	

-	Basic

-	Dilutive	effect	of	share	options

-	Diluted

Basic	earnings/(loss)	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	basic	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

Diluted	earnings/(loss)	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	diluted	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

The	adjustments	to	profit/(loss)	after	tax	have	the	following	effect:

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (pence)

Share-based	payments	(including	social	security	costs)	(pence)

Exceptional	items	(pence)

Amortisation	of	intangible	assets	arising	on	acquisitions	(pence)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(pence)

Exchange	losses	included	in	finance	costs	(pence)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(pence)

Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (pence)

Share-based	payments	(including	social	security	costs)	(pence)

Exceptional	items	(pence)

Amortisation	of	intangible	assets	arising	on	acquisitions	(pence)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(pence)

Exchange	losses	included	in	finance	costs	(pence)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(pence)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence)

2017

1.6

2.1

3.7

2.3

-

-

(1.1)

8.6

Restated	
2016

(14.2)

0.5

3.2

-

13.0

0.2

(0.5)

2.2

37,093,344

24,165,768

3,878,185

871,639

40,971,529

25,037,407

4.3

23.2

3.9

21.0

4.3

5.7

10.0

6.2

-

-

(3.0)

23.2

3.9

5.2

9.0

5.6

-

-

(2.7)

21.0

(58.8)

9.1

(58.8)

8.8

(58.8)

2.1

13.3

-

53.8

0.8

(2.1)

9.1

(58.8)

2.1

13.3

-

53.4

0.8

(2.0)

8.8

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
65

Future plc

Financial 
statements

9. Earnings per share (continued)

Continuing operations

Adjustments	to	profit/(loss)	after	tax:

Profit/(loss) after tax (£m)

Share-based	payments	(including	social	security	costs)	(£m)

Exceptional	items	(£m)

Amortisation	of	intangible	assets	arising	on	acquisitions	(£m)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(£m)

Exchange	losses	included	in	finance	costs	(£m)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(£m)

Adjusted profit after tax (£m)

Weighted	average	number	of	shares	in	issue	during	the	year:	

-	Basic

-	Dilutive	effect	of	share	options

-	Diluted

Basic	earnings/(loss)	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	basic	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

Diluted	earnings/(loss)	per	share	(in	pence)

Adjusted	diluted	earnings	per	share	(in	pence)

The	adjustments	to	profit/(loss)	after	tax	have	the	following	effect:

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (pence)

Share-based	payments	(including	social	security	costs)	(pence)

Exceptional	items	(pence)

Amortisation	of	intangible	assets	arising	on	acquisitions	(pence)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(pence)

Exchange	losses	included	in	finance	costs	(pence)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(pence)

Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (pence)

Share-based	payments	(including	social	security	costs)	(pence)

Exceptional	items	(pence)

Amortisation	of	intangible	assets	arising	on	acquisitions	(pence)

Impairment	of	intangible	assets	(pence)

Exchange	losses	included	in	finance	costs	(pence)

Tax	effect	of	the	above	adjustments	(pence)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence)

2017

1.6

2.1

3.7

2.3

-

-

(1.1)

8.6

Restated	
2016

(14.4)

0.5

3.5

-

13.0

0.2

(0.5)

2.3

37,093,344

24,165,768

3,878,185

871,639

40,971,529

25,037,407

4.3

23.2

3.9

21.0

4.3

5.7

10.0

6.2

-

-

(3.0)

23.2

3.9

5.2

9.0

5.6

-

-

(2.7)

21.0

(59.6)

9.5

(59.6)

9.2

(59.6)

2.1

14.5

-

53.8

0.8

(2.1)

9.5

(59.6)

2.1

14.5

-

53.4

0.8

(2.0)

9.2

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

66

10. Property, plant and equipment 

Group

Cost 

At	1	October	2015

Additions

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At	30	September	2016

Additions	through	business	combinations

Other	additions

At 30 September 2017

Accumulated depreciation

At	1	October	2015

Charge	for	the	year

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At	30	September	2016

Charge	for	the	year

At 30 September 2017

Net book value at 30 September 2017

Net	book	value	at	30	September	2016

Net	book	value	at	1	October	2015

Land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and 
machinery
£m 

Equipment, 
fixtures and 
fittings
£m 

1.6

-

(1.1)

 -

0.5

-

0.2

0.7

(1.4)

-

1.1

-

(0.3)

 -

(0.3)

0.4

0.2

0.2

5.2

0.3

		(2.4)

0.2

3.3

0.1

0.2

3.6

(4.9)

(0.3)

		2.3

(0.2)

(3.1)

(0.2)

(3.3)

0.3

0.2

0.3

																					1.8

-

(1.6)

																				0.1

0.3

-

0.3

0.6

(1.7)

(0.1)

1.6

-

(0.2)

(0.1)

(0.3)

0.3

																				0.1

																				0.1

Total
£m 

8.6

0.3

(5.1)

0.3

4.1

0.1

0.7

4.9

(8.0)

(0.4)

5.0

(0.2)

(3.6)

(0.3)

(3.9)

1.0

0.5

0.6

Depreciation	is	included	within	administration	expenses	in	the	consolidated	income	statement.	

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
67

Future plc

Financial 
statements

11. Intangible assets 

Group

Cost 

At	1	October	2015

Additions	through	business	combinations

Other	additions

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At	30	September	2016

Additions	through	business	combinations

Other	additions

Adjustments	to	fair	value	on	prior	year	acquisitions

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At 30 September 2017

Accumulated amortisation

At	1	October	2015

Charge	for	the	year

Impairment

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At	30	September	2016

Charge	for	the	year

Disposals

Exchange	adjustments

At 30 September 2017

Net book value at 30 September 2017

Net	book	value	at	30	September	2016

Net	book	value	at	1	October	2015

Goodwill
£m

Magazine  
and website
£m

287.5

1.5

-

  -

4.9

293.9

36.6

-

(0.2)

-

(1.1)

329.2

(246.6)

-

(13.0)

-

(4.8)

(264.4)

-

-

1.0

(263.4)

65.8

29.5

40.9

12.4

1.1

-

(0.2)

1.0

14.3

25.5

-

-

(1.4)

(0.2)

38.2

(12.4)

-

-

0.2

(1.0)

(13.2)

(2.3)

1.1

0.2

(14.2)

24.0

	1.1

-

Other
£m 

14.8

-

1.7

(0.2)

1.2

17.5

0.1

1.5

-

-

(0.3)

18.8

(11.9)

(2.0)

-

0.2

(1.2)

(14.9)

(1.8)

-

0.4

(16.3)

2.5

2.6

2.9

Total
£m 

314.7

2.6

1.7

(0.4)

7.1

325.7

62.2

1.5

(0.2)

(1.4)

(1.6)

386.2

(270.9)

(2.0)

(13.0)

0.4

(7.0)

(292.5)

(4.1)

1.1

1.6

(293.9)

92.3

33.2

43.8

Magazine	and	website	related	assets	relate	mainly	to	trademarks,	advertising	relationships,	publishing	rights	and	customer	lists.	These	assets	are	
amortised	over	their	estimated	economic	lives,	typically	ranging	between	one	and	ten	years.

Any	residual	amount	arising	as	a	result	of	the	purchase	consideration	being	in	excess	of	the	value	of	identified	magazine	related	assets	is	recorded	
as	goodwill.	Goodwill	is	not	amortised	under	IFRS,	but	is	subject	to	impairment	testing	at	least	annually	or	more	frequently	on	the	occurrence	of	some	
triggering	event.	Goodwill	is	recorded	and	tested	for	impairment	on	a	territory	by	territory	basis.

Further	details	regarding	the	intangible	assets	acquired	during	the	year	through	business	combinations	are	set	out	in	note	29.

Other	intangibles	relate	to	capitalised	software	costs	and	website	development	costs.	

Amortisation	is	included	within	administration	expenses	in	the	consolidated	income	statement.

Impairment assessments for goodwill

The	net	book	value	of	goodwill	at	both	30	September	2017	and	30	September	2016	relates	to	the	UK.

The	basis	for	calculating	recoverable	amounts	is	described	in	the	accounting	policies.

Trends	in	the	economic	and	financial	environment,	competition	and	regulatory	authorities’	decisions,	or	changes	in	competitor	behaviour	in	response	
to	the	economic	environment	may	affect	the	estimate	of	recoverable	amounts,	as	will	unforeseen	changes	in	the	political,	economic	or	legal	systems	
of	some	countries.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

68

11. Intangible assets (continued)

Other	assumptions	that	influence	estimated	recoverable	amounts	are	set	out	below:

At	30	September	2017

Basis	of	recoverable	amount
Source	used

Growth	rate	to	perpetuity

EBITDA	margins	assumed

Post-tax	discount	rate

Pre-tax	discount	rate

At	30	September	2016

Basis	of	recoverable	amount
Source	used

Growth	rate	to	perpetuity

EBITDA	margins	assumed

Post-tax	discount	rate

Pre-tax	discount	rate

UK

Value	in	use
Five	year	plans
Discounted	cash	flow

2.0%

12.0%	to	12.9%

7.7%

9.4%

UK

Value	in	use
Five	year	plans
Discounted	cash	flow

2.0%

2.4%	to	3.7%

8.2%

10.3%

Sensitivity of recoverable amounts
At	30	September	2017	the	analysis	of	the	recoverable	amounts	gave	rise	to	the	following	assessments	of	sensitivity:

The	value	in	use	of	the	UK	business	exceeded	the	carrying	value	by	£43.3m.	A	change	of	plus	or	minus	50	basis	points	in	the	post-tax	discount	rate	
would	decrease	or	increase	respectively	the	recoverable	amount	by	£8.7m.	Likewise	a	change	of	plus	or	minus	10%	in	the	forecast	cash	flows	over	the	
next	five	years	would	increase	or	decrease	respectively	the	recoverable	amount	by	£11.7m.

Goodwill	is	not	considered	to	be	impaired	at	30	September	2017.

Impairment 
At	30	September	2016	an	impairment	charge	of	£13.0m	was	taken	against	the	carrying	value	of	the	UK	business.	This	reflected	a	shift	in	the	underlying	
profitability	and	cash	flows	of	the	UK	and	the	continued	decline	of	print.	

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
69

Future plc

Financial 
statements

12. Investments in Group undertakings

Company

Shares in Group undertakings

At	1	October

Additions

Provision	for	impairment

At	30	September

2017
£m

1.0

18.5

-

19.5

2016
£m

131.9

-

		(130.9)

1.0

Additions	of	£16.7m	during	the	year	relate	to	the	acquisition	of	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited,	the	holding	company	and	ultimate	parent	company	of	Imagine	
Publishing	Limited,	and	the	subsequent	capitalisation	of	an	intercompany	balance	owed	to	the	Company.	Following	the	acquisition,	the	trade	and	assets	of	
Imagine	Publishing	Limited	were	transferred	to	Future	Publishing	Limited,	a	fellow	subsidiary	undertaking,	and	a	group	re-organisation	effected	to	settle	all	
intercompany	balances	between	the	companies	acquired	and	the	rest	of	the	Group.	The	investment	held	by	the	Company	was	subsequently	re-designated	
as	an	investment	in	Future	Holdings	2002	Limited,	the	parent	company	of	Future	Publishing	Limited.

The	remaining	addition	of	£1.8m	represents	the	fair	value	of	share	based	compensation	awards	granted	to	employees	of	subsidiary	undertakings	of	Future	
Holdings	2002	Limited,	treated	as	a	capital	contribution	to	that	company.

The	Directors	believe	that	the	carrying	values	of	the	investments	are	supported	by	their	underlying	assets.

In	September	2016,	following	a	review	of	the	valuation	of	the	Company’s	investments	and	the	receipt	of	a	dividend	of	£130.9m,	the	Company’s	investment	in	
Rho	Holdings	Limited	was	written	down	to	a	carrying	value	of	£nil	resulting	in	an	impairment	charge	of	£130.9m.	

13. Deferred tax

The	following	are	the	major	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	recognised	by	the	Group,	and	the	movements	thereon,	during	the	current	and	prior	years.

At	1	October	2015

Acquisitions

Credited	to	income	statement	
–	Continuing	operations

Exchange	adjustment

At	30	September	2016

Acquisitions

Credited	to	income	statement	
–	Continuing	operations

Credited	to	equity

Exchange	adjustment

At 30 September 2017

Intangible 
assets
£m

Share-based 
payments 
£m

Short term 
timing 
differences
£m

Depreciation vs 
tax allowances
£m

Tax losses
£m

(0.7)

(0.3)

0.1

 -

(0.9)

(4.3)

0.6

-

-

(4.6)

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.3

0.5

-

0.8

  -

  -

0.2

  -

0.2

-

-

-

-

0.2

0.4

  -

0.1

  -

0.5

-

0.1

-

-

0.6

0.1

-

1.4

0.2

1.7

-

1.2

-

(0.1)

2.8

Total
£m

(0.2)

(0.3)

1.8

0.2

1.5

(4.3)

2.2

0.5

(0.1)

(0.2)

Certain	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	have	been	offset	against	each	other	where	they	relate	to	the	same	jurisdiction.	The	following	is	the	analysis	
of	deferred	tax	balances	after	offset	for	balance	sheet	purposes:

Deferred	tax	assets

Deferred	tax	liabilities

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset

2017
£m

4.4

(4.6)

(0.2)

2016
£m

2.4

(0.9)

1.5

The	deferred	tax	asset	of	£4.4m	(2016:	£2.4m)	is	disclosed	as	a	non-current	asset	of	which	the	assets	due	within	one	year	total	£0.4m	(2016:	£0.1m).		
The	deferred	tax	liability	of	£4.6m	(2016:	£0.9m)	is	disclosed	as	a	non-current	liability	of	which	the	liabilities	due	within	one	year	total	£0.7m	
(2016:	£nil).

As	at	30	September	2017	the	Group	has:
•	unprovided	tax	losses	totalling	£33.1m	(2016:	£38.3m)	of	which	£29.0m	(2016:	£34.9m)	arose	in	the	US;	and
•	unprovided	other	temporary	differences	in	the	US	totalling	£2.0m	(2016:	£2.8m).

Deferred	tax	assets	have	been	recognised	in	respect	of	tax	losses	and	other	temporary	differences	where	it	is	probable	that	these	assets	will	be	
recovered.	

 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

70

13. Deferred tax (continued)

No	deferred	tax	is	recognised	on	the	unremitted	earnings	of	overseas	subsidiaries	as	any	remitted	earnings	would	not	give	rise	to	a	tax	liability	in	the	
foreseeable	future.

The	deferred	tax	asset	of	£0.8m	(2016:	£nil)	recognised	on	the	Company’s	balance	sheet	is	in	respect	of	share-based	payments.	The	Company	has	
no	unprovided	deferred	tax	assets	or	liabilities	at	30	September	2017	(2016:	£nil).

14. Inventories 

Raw	materials

Work	in	progress
Total

2017
£m

0.2

0.5
0.7

The	cost	of	raw	material	inventories	recognised	as	an	expense	and	included	within	cost	of	sales	amounted	to	£5.4m	(2016:	£3.5m).

15. Trade and other receivables

Current assets:

Trade	receivables

Provisions	for	impairment	of	trade	receivables

Trade	receivables	net

Amounts	owed	by	Group	undertakings

Other	receivables

Prepayments	and	accrued	income

Non-current assets:

Other	receivables

Total

Group
2017
£m

Company
2017
£m

11.9

(2.2) 

9.7

-

0.4

3.5

13.6

-

13.6

-

-

-

74.4

-

-

74.4

-

74.4

Group
2016
£m

9.2

(0.6)

8.6

-

0.3

3.3

12.2

0.2

12.4

2016
£m

0.1

0.3
0.4

Company
2016
£m

-

-

-

43.4

-

0.1

43.5

-

43.5

The	Directors	consider	that	the	carrying	amount	of	trade	and	other	receivables	approximates	their	fair	value.

Receivable	balances	from	the	Group’s	two	main	magazine	distributors,	one	in	the	UK	segment	and	one	in	the	US	segment,	represented	13%	(2016:	
26%)	of	the	Group’s	trade	receivables	balance	at	30	September	2017.	

The	Group	has	provided	for	estimated	irrecoverable	amounts	in	accordance	with	its	accounting	policy	described	on	page	58	of	these	financial	
statements.	

Credit	checks	are	obtained	and,	if	applicable,	guarantees	put	in	place	before	a	new	customer	is	accepted	and	terms	and	credit	limits	are	agreed.	
Bookings	are	not	taken	before	these	factors	have	been	fulfilled.	In	addition,	annual	credit	checks	are	carried	out	and	fully	documented.	Final	decisions	
on	credit	terms	are	made	by	an	appropriate	senior	manager	within	advertising	or	finance.	In	the	event	of	a	request	to	increase	a	customer’s	credit	limit	
the	following	factors	will	be	considered:	trading	history	to	date,	review	of	credit	status	and	review	of	the	reason	for	the	increase.

Included	within	the	Group’s	trade	receivables	balance	are	receivables	with	a	carrying	amount	of	£4.6m	(2016:	£3.0m)	which	are	past	due	at	the	
reporting	date	but	for	which	the	Group	has	not	provided	as	there	has	not	been	a	significant	change	in	credit	quality	and	the	Group	believes	that	the	
amounts	are	still	recoverable.	These	relate	to	advertising	and	licensing	debtors	in	the	UK	and	US.	The	Group	does	not	hold	any	security	over	these	
balances.	A	breakdown	of	the	ageing	is	set	out	below:

Past due

0-30	days

31-60	days

61-90	days

91+	days

Total

Group
2017
£m

2.9

1.3

0.3

0.1

4.6

Group
2016
£m

1.6

0.8

0.3

0.3

3.0

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
71

Future plc

Financial 
statements

15. Trade and other receivables (continued)

As	at	30	September	2017,	trade	receivables	of	£2.2m	(2016:	£0.6m)	were	impaired	and	provided	for.	The	individually	impaired	receivables	mainly	
relate	to	advertising,	events	and	licensing	customers.	It	is	assessed	that	a	portion	of	the	receivables	is	expected	to	be	recovered.	

The	movement	in	the	Group	provision	for	trade	receivables	during	the	year	is	as	follows:

At	1	October	

Provision	for	receivables	impaired

On	acquisition

Receivables	written	off	during	the	year	

At 30 September 

Group
2017
£m

0.6

0.5

1.3

(0.2)

2.2

Group
2016
£m

0.6

0.1

-

(0.1)

0.6

The	creation	and	release	of	provisions	for	impaired	receivables	have	been	included	in	administration	expenses	in	the	income	statement.	Amounts	
charged	to	the	provision	are	written	off	when	there	is	no	realistic	expectation	of	recovering	additional	cash.	

The	other	asset	classes	within	trade	and	other	receivables	do	not	contain	impaired	assets.

The	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	at	the	reporting	date	is	the	carrying	value	of	each	class	of	receivable	mentioned	above.	The	Group	does	not	hold	
any	collateral	as	security	for	trade	receivables.

All	the	Company’s	receivables	are	with	Group	undertakings,	with	the	exception	of	£0.1m	in	2016	relating	to	prepaid	share	issue	costs,	and	no	
additional	disclosure	in	relation	to	credit	risk	is	required.	Interest	on	£0.3m	(2016:	£0.3m)	of	the	amounts	owed	by	Group	undertakings	has	been	
charged	at	three-month	LIBOR	+	2.6%.	The	balance	of	amounts	owed	by	Group	undertakings	is	interest-free	without	any	terms	for	repayment.

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash	at	bank	and	in	hand

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdraft)

Group
2017
£m

10.1

10.1

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	include	the	following	for	the	purposes	of	the	cash	flow	statements:

Cash	at	bank	and	in	hand

Bank	overdraft	(note	18)

Cash and cash equivalents

Group
2017
£m

10.1

-

10.1

Company
2017
£m

0.7

0.7

Company
2017
£m

0.7

-

0.7

Group
2016
£m

2.9

2.9

Group
2016
£m

2.9

-

2.9

Company
2016
£m

-

-

Company
2016
£m

-

(1.0)

(1.0)

The	Group	has	a	number	of	authorised	counterparties	with	whom	cash	balances	are	held	in	the	countries	in	which	the	Group	operates.		Credit	risk	is	
minimised	by	considering	the	credit	standing	of	all	potential	bankers	before	selecting	them	by	the	use	of	external	credit	ratings.	All	of	the	Group’s	cash	
at	bank	is	held	at	counterparties	with	an	S+P	credit	rating	of	at	least	BBB+.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

72

17. Trade and other payables

Trade	payables

Amounts	owed	to	Group	undertakings

Other	taxation	and	social	security

Other	payables

Accruals	and	deferred	income

Total

Group
2017
£m

2.5

-

0.9

0.7

25.8

29.9

Company
2017
£m

-

0.7

-

-

0.2

0.9

Group
2016
£m

4.4

-

0.8

0.8

15.4

21.4

Trade	payables	and	accruals	principally	comprise	amounts	outstanding	for	trade	purchases	and	ongoing	costs.	The	Group	has	financial	risk	
management	policies	in	place	to	ensure	all	payables	are	paid	within	the	agreed	credit	terms.	

The	Directors	consider	that	the	carrying	amount	of	trade	payables	approximates	to	their	fair	value.	

18. Financial liabilities – loans, borrowings and overdrafts

Non-current liabilities

Sterling	term	loan

Sterling	revolving	loan

Interest rate at
30 September
2017

Interest	rate	at
30	September
2016

2.8%

2.8%

-

-

Obligations	under	finance	leases	

-

9.6%

Total

Current liabilities

Sterling	term	loan

Sterling	revolving	loan	

Obligations	under	finance	leases

Total

Interest rate at
30 September
2017

Interest	rate	at
30	September
2016

2.8%

2.8%

0.0%

-

2.5%

-

The	interest-bearing	loans	are	repayable	as	follows:

Within	one	year

Between	one	and	two	years

Between	two	and	five	years

Total

Group
2017
£m

10.0

6.9

16.9

-

16.9

Group
2017
£m

1.8

1.3

3.1

0.1

3.2

Group
2017
£m

3.2

3.3

13.6

20.1

Company
2017
£m

10.0

6.9

16.9

-

16.9

Company
2017
£m

1.8

1.3

3.1

-

3.1

Company
2017
£m

3.1

3.3

13.6

20.0

Group
2016
£m

-

-

-

0.1

0.1

Group
2016
£m

-

2.3

2.3

-

2.3

Group
2016
£m

2.3

	0.1

-

2.4

Company
2016
£m

-

0.8

-

-

1.6

2.4

Company
2016
£m

-

-

-

-

-

Company
2016
£m

-

2.3

2.3

-

2.3

Company
2016
£m

2.3

 -

-

2.3

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
73

Future plc

Financial 
statements

18. Financial liabilities – loans, borrowings and overdrafts (continued)

On	21	October	2016,	following	the	acquisition	of	Imagine,	the	Group	negotiated	a	new	bank	facility	with	HSBC	Bank	plc	to	replace	its	previous	facility	
with	Santander	plc.	This	new	facility	was	subsequently	amended	and	restated	in	August	2017	following	the	home	interest	acquisition.	The	total	
multicurrency	revolving	and	overdraft	facility	available	to	the	Group	at	30	September	2017	amounted	to	£25.4m,	comprising	a	£12.0m	term	loan,	a	total	
of	£11.4m	revolving	credit	facilities	and	a	£2.0m	uncommitted	overdraft	facility.	The	new	facilities	run	to	23	June	2021.	Repayments	required	in	respect	
of	the	facilities	are	as	follows:

Repayment date

30	September	2017*

30	September	2018

30	September	2019

30	September	2020

23	June	2021

Repayment amount

£600,000

£2,600,000

£3,400,000

£4,850,000

£14,550,000

*£0.6m was due to be repaid on 30 September 2017 however this was not taken by the bank until October 2017.

The	Group	has	granted	security	to	the	bank	and	the	availability	of	the	facility	is	subject	to	certain	covenants.

Total	fees	relating	to	the	new	facility	amounted	to	£0.7m	and	these	are	being	amortised	over	the	term	of	the	facility.	The	bank	borrowings	and	interest	are	
guaranteed	by	Future	plc,	Future	Holdings	2002	Limited,	Future	Publishing	Limited,	Future	US,	Inc,	Future	Publishing	(Overseas)	Limited	and	Next	Commerce	
Pty	Ltd.

Interest	payable	under	the	current	credit	facility	is	calculated	as	the	cost	of	one-month	LIBOR	(currently	approximately	0.5%)	plus	an	interest	margin	of	between	
2.0%	and	2.5%,	dependent	on	the	level	of	Bank	EBITDA.

The	key	covenants	are	set	out	in	the	following	table	where	net	debt	is	exclusive	of	non-current	tax	and	other	payables	and	Bank	EBITDA	is	not	materially	
different	to	statutory	EBITDA.

Net	debt/Bank	EBITDA

Bank	EBITDA/Interest

Periods	from	31	March	2017	–	less	than	2.25	times

Periods	from	31	March	2017	–	more	than	4.00	times

The	covenants	are	tested	quarterly	on	the	basis	of	rolling	figures	for	the	preceding	12	months	and	the	covenant	position	at	the	year-end	is	set	out	in	
the	following	table:

Net	debt/Bank	EBITDA

0.69	times																																																																																												<	2.25	times

30 September 2017                                                                                                                         Covenant

Bank	EBITDA/Interest

37.28	times																																																																																												>	4.00	times

The	Company	had	not	drawn	down	on	its	non-interest-bearing	overdraft	at	30	September	2017	(2016:	£1.0m).	Any	draw	down	forms	part	of	the	Group	
cash	pooling	account	and	can	be	offset	against	cash	balances	in	other	Group	companies.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

74

19. Financial liabilities – derivatives

The	Group	acquired	an	interest	rate	swap	as	part	of	the	Imagine	acquisition.	The	swap	was	originally	entered	into	by	Skaro	(Holdings)	Limited	and	was	
transferred	into	the	name	of	the	Company	following	the	acquisition.

The	fair	value	of	the	swap	at	30	September	2017	was	£0.1m	using	Level	2	–	inputs	that	are	observable	for	the	asset	or	liability,	either	directly	(that	is,	
as	prices)	or	indirectly	(that	is,	derived	from	prices).

20. Provisions

Group

At	1	October	2016

On	acquisition

Charged	in	the	year

Released	in	the	year

Utilised	in	the	year

At 30 September 2017

Property 
£m

1.5

0.1

1.4

(0.1)

(0.3)

2.6

The	provision	for	property	relates	to	dilapidations	and	obligations	under	short	leasehold	agreements	on	vacant	property.	The	vacant	property	provision	is	
expected	to	be	utilised	over	the	next	ten	years.	

Provisions	for	the	Company	were	£nil	(2016:	£nil).	

21. Other non-current liabilities

Group

Other	payables

Other	payables	consist	mainly	of	deferred	property	lease	liabilities.

2017
£m

0.6

2016
£m

0.5

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
75

Future plc

Financial 
statements

22. Financial instruments 

Financial instruments by category

The	Group’s	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	are	set	out	below:

Group

Trade	receivables	net

Other	receivables

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total financial assets
Trade	payables
Other	liabilities

Current	borrowings

Non-current	borrowings

Derivatives

Total financial liabilities

Group

Trade	receivables	net

Other	receivables

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total financial assets

Trade	payables

Other	liabilities

Current	borrowings

Non-current	borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Note

15

16

17

18

18

19

Fair value

Amortised cost 

2017

Derivatives
£m

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying 
value
£m

Total fair
value
£m

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

Note

15

16

17

18

18

9.7

1.4

10.1

21.2
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
(2.5)
(14.4)

(3.2)

(16.9)

-

(37.0)

9.7

1.4

10.1

21.2
(2.5)
(14.4)

(3.2)

(16.9)

(0.1)

(37.1)

9.7

1.4

10.1

21.2
(2.5)
(14.4)

(3.2)

(16.9)

(0.1)

(37.1)

Amortised cost 

2016

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying 
value
£m

Total fair 
value
£m

8.6

1.7

2.9

13.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4.4)

(10.3)

(2.3)

(0.1)

(17.1)

8.6

1.7

2.9

13.2

(4.4)

(10.3)

(2.3)

(0.1)

(17.1)

8.6

1.7

2.9

13.2

(4.4)

(10.3)

(2.3)

(0.1)

(17.1)

Total	financial	liabilities	are	shown	net	of	unamortised	costs	which	amounted	to	£0.6m	(2016:	£0.1m).

 
 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

76

22. Financial instruments (continued)

The	Company’s	financial	assets	and	liabilities	are	set	out	below:

Company

Other	receivables

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total financial assets

Other	liabilities

Current	borrowings

Non-current	borrowings

Derivatives

Total financial liabilities

Company

Other	receivables

Total financial assets

Other	liabilities

Overdrafts

Current	borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Fair value

Amortised cost

2017

Note

Derivatives
£m

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying
 value
£m

Total fair
 value
£m

15

16

17

18

18

19

-

-

-

-

-

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

Note

15

17

18

18

74.4

0.7

75.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(0.9)

(3.1)

(16.9)

-

(20.9)

74.4

0.7

75.1

(0.9)

(3.1)

(16.9)

(0.1)

(21.0)

74.4

0.7

75.1

(0.9)

(3.1)

(16.9)

(0.1)

(21.0)

Amortised cost 

2016

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying 
value
£m

Total fair
 value
£m

43.4

43.4

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2.4)

(1.0)

(2.3)

(5.7)

43.4

43.4

(2.4)

(1.0)

(2.3)

(5.7)

43.4

43.4

(2.4)

(1.0)

(2.3)

(5.7)

Total	financial	liabilities	are	shown	net	of	unamortised	costs	which	amounted	to	£0.6m	(2016:	£0.1m).

The	fair	value	is	the	amount	for	which	a	financial	instrument	could	be	exchanged	between	knowledgeable,	willing	parties.	If	an	active	market	exists,	
the	market	price	is	applied.	If	an	active	market	does	not	exist	a	discounted	cash	flow	or	generally	accepted	estimation	and	valuation	technique	based	
on	market	conditions	at	the	balance	sheet	date	is	used	to	calculate	an	estimated	value.

The	market	value	of	financial	instruments	is	determined	by	the	use	of	valuation	techniques	including	estimated	discounted	cash	flows.

Treasury overview
The	Group	uses	financial	instruments	to	raise	funding	for	its	operations	and	to	manage	the	financial	risks	arising	from	those	operations.	The	agreements	
governing	the	principal	instruments	entered	into	were	approved	by	the	Board.

The	principal	financing	and	treasury	exposures	faced	by	the	Group	arise	from	foreign	currencies,	working	capital	management,	the	financing	of	capital	
expenditure	and	acquisitions,	the	management	of	interest	rates	on	the	Group’s	debt,	the	investment	of	surplus	cash	and	the	management	of	the	Group’s	
debt	facilities.	The	Group	manages	all	of	these	exposures	with	an	objective	of	remaining	within	covenant	ratios	agreed	with	the	Group’s	banks,	and	the	
Group	has	been	in	compliance	with	its	covenants	during	the	year.	These	ratios	are	disclosed	in	note	18.

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
77

Future plc

Financial 
statements

22. Financial instruments (continued)

Currency and interest rate profile
The	currency	and	interest	rate	profile	of	the	Group’s	financial	assets	and	liabilities	is	shown	below:

At 30 September 2017

Currency:

Sterling

US	Dollar

Euro

Other

Total

At	30	September	2016

Currency:

Sterling

US	Dollar

Euro

Other

Total

        Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Non- 
interest 
bearing
£m

12.1

7.6

0.2

1.3

21.2

4.1

7.5

0.4

1.2

Total
£m

12.1

7.6

0.2

1.3

21.2

4.1

7.5

0.4

1.2

Floating 
rate
£m

Fixed 
rate
£m

Non-
interest 
bearing
£m 

Net financial 
(liabilities)/ 
assets
£m

Total
£m

(20.0)

(0.1)

(13.5)

(33.6)

(21.5)

-

-

-

(20.0)

-

-

-

-

(2.9)

(0.1)

(0.5)

(2.9)

(0.1)

(0.5)

4.7

0.1

0.8

(17.1)

(37.1)

(15.9)

(2.3)

(0.1)

(10.2)

(12.6)

(8.5)

              -

              -

              -

  -

  -

  -

(3.2)

(0.2)

(1.1)

(3.2)

(0.2)

(1.1)

4.3

0.2

0.1

13.2

13.2

(2.3)

(0.1)

(14.7)

(17.1)

(3.9)

Interest rate risk
Details	of	the	interest	rates	on	borrowings	as	at	30	September	2017	are	set	out	in	note	18.	

The	Group	has	no	significant	interest-bearing	assets	but	is	exposed	to	interest	rate	risk	as	it	borrows	funds	at	floating	interest	rates	through	its	bank	
facilities.	Borrowings	issued	at	variable	rates	expose	the	Group	to	cash	flow	interest	rate	risk.	The	Group	evaluates	its	risk	appetite	towards	interest	
rate	risks	regularly	and	may	undertake	hedging	activities,	including	interest	rate	swap	contracts,	to	manage	interest	rate	risk	in	relation	to	its	revolving	
credit	facility	if	deemed	necessary.	The	Group	did	not	enter	into	any	hedging	transactions	during	the	current	or	prior	years	and,	although	it	inherited	
an	interest	rate	swap	as	part	of	the	Imagine	acquisition,	as	at	30	September	2017	the	only	floating	rate	to	which	the	Group	was	exposed	is	LIBOR.	The	
Group’s	exposure	to	interest	rates	on	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	is	detailed	in	the	liquidity	risk	section	of	this	note.

For	2017,	if	interest	rates	on	net	borrowings	had	been	on	average	0.5%	higher/lower	with	all	other	variables	held	constant,	the	post-tax	profit	for	the	
year	would	have	decreased/increased	by	£0.1m	(2016:	£nil).	

There	would	be	no	impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings.

Foreign exchange risk
Some	of	the	Group’s	activities	are	carried	out	in	countries	outside	the	United	Kingdom	where	transactions	are	carried	out	in	that	country’s	own	
functional	currency.	Movements	in	exchange	rates	can	therefore	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	Group’s	total	cash	flows,	whilst	the	translation	of	the	
results,	assets	and	liabilities	of	foreign	operations	into	sterling	can	have	a	significant	effect	on	the	Group’s	reported	profits	and	balance	sheet.	The	
main	exposure	is	to	movements	in	the	US	Dollar	against	sterling.

The	Group’s	policy	for	managing	exchange	rate	risk	is	summarised	as	follows:

Transaction	exposure	–	the	Group	manages	this	by	ensuring	that	transactions	are	denominated	in	the	local	functional	currency	of	the	operating	units	
wherever	possible.	Where	this	is	not	possible	the	use	of	forward	contracts	to	hedge	exposure	is	considered.	The	use	of	forward	contracts	(or	any	other	
derivative	financial	instrument)	is	subject	to	authorisation	by	the	Chief	Financial	Officer.

Translation	exposure	–	the	Group	matches	currency	assets	with	currency	liabilities	wherever	possible.

 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

78

22. Financial instruments (continued)

The	following	table	summarises	the	Group’s	sensitivity	to	translational	currency	exposures	at	30	September:

2017 currency risks expressed in 
Currency 1/Currency 2
£m

Reasonable	shift

Impact	on	profit	after	tax	if	Currency	1	strengthens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	profit	after	tax	if	Currency	1	weakens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings	if	Currency	1	strengthens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings	if	Currency	1	weakens	against	Currency	2

2016	currency	risks	expressed	in	
Currency	1/Currency	2
£m

Reasonable	shift

Impact	on	loss	after	tax	if	Currency	1	strengthens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	loss	after	tax	if	Currency	1	weakens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings	if	Currency	1	strengthens	against	Currency	2

Impact	on	equity	excluding	retained	earnings	if	Currency	1	weakens	against	Currency	2

GBP/USD

10%

(0.3)

0.3

0.3

(0.3)

GBP/USD

10%

(0.5)

																		0.5

																		0.5

(0.5)

Liquidity risk
The	Group	funds	the	business	largely	from	cash	flows	generated	from	operations	and	long-term	debt.	Details	of	the	Group’s	borrowings	are	disclosed	
in	note	18.

The	Group	monitors	and	manages	the	cash	for	the	Group	and	has	maintained	committed	banking	facilities	as	noted	above	to	mitigate	any	liquidity	
risk	it	may	face.	If	necessary,	inter-company	loans	within	the	Group	meet	short-term	cash	needs.	The	following	table	shows	the	Group’s	remaining	
contractual	maturity	for	financial	liabilities	and	derivative	financial	instruments.	The	table	has	been	drawn	up	based	on	the	undiscounted	cash	flows	of	
financial	liabilities	based	on	the	earliest	date	on	which	the	Group	is	obliged	to	pay:		

30 September 2017

Trade	payables

Other	liabilities

Borrowings

Derivatives

Total financial liabilities

30	September	2016

Trade	payables

Other	liabilities

Borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Less than 
one year
£m

Between one 
and two years
£m

Between two 
and five years
£m

Over five 
years
£m

(2.5)

(12.6)

(3.2)

(0.1)

(18.4)

-

(0.6)

(3.3)

-

(3.9)

-

(0.9)

(13.6)

-

(14.5)

-

(0.3)

-

-

(0.3)

Less than 
one year
£m

Between one 
and two years
£m

Between two 
and five years
£m

Over five 
years
£m

(4.4)

(9.2)

(2.3)

(15.9)

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.2)

-

(1.0)

-

(1.0)

-

  -

-

  -

Total
£m

(2.5)

(14.4)

(20.1)

(0.1)

(37.1)

Total
£m

(4.4)

(10.3)

(2.4)

(17.1)

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
 
 
79

Future plc

Financial 
statements

23. Issued share capital

Allotted, issued and fully paid Ordinary shares of 15p each

At	beginning	of	year

Issued	as	consideration	for	acquisition

Placing	of	Ordinary	shares

Share	scheme	exercises

Share	Incentive	Plan	matching	shares

At end of year

                           2017

													Restated										

             2016

Number of 
shares

24,583,908

11,971,189

8,800,000

37,392

325

£m

3.7

1.8

1.3

-

-

Number	of	
shares

22,296,085

-

	2,229,333

57,460

1,030

45,392,814

6.8

24,583,908

£m

3.3

-

		0.4

-

-

3.7

On	2	February	2017,	the	Company	issued	one	new	Ordinary	share	of	15	pence	for	each	15	existing	Ordinary	shares	of	one	pence	following	completion	
of	a	share	consolidation.	Prior	year	comparatives	have	been	restated	on	this	basis.

On	21	October	2016,	the	Company	issued	11,971,189	Ordinary	shares	with	a	nominal	value	of	£1,795,678	as	consideration	for	the	acquisition	of	
Miura	(Holdings)	Limited,	the	holding	company	and	ultimate	parent	company	of	Imagine	Publishing	Limited.	On	7	July	2017,	the	Company	completed	
a	placing	of	8,800,000	Ordinary	shares	with	a	nominal	value	of	£1,320,000	for	a	total	cash	commitment	of	£22,000,000	in	order	to	fund	the	home	
interest	acquisition,	further	details	of	which	are	shown	in	note	29.	During	the	year	37,392	Ordinary	shares	with	a	nominal	value	of	£5,609	were	issued	
by	the	Company	pursuant	to	share	scheme	exercises	and	a	further	325	Ordinary	shares	were	issued	under	the	Share	Incentive	Plan	for	a	combined	
total	cash	commitment	of	£40,312,	as	detailed	in	note	24.

In	2016	the	Company	completed	a	placing	of	2,229,333	Ordinary	shares	with	a	nominal	value	of	£334,400	for	a	total	cash	commitment	of	£3,344,000,	
issued	57,460	Ordinary	shares	with	a	nominal	value	of	£8,619	pursuant	to	share	scheme	exercises	and	issued	a	further	1,030	Ordinary	shares	under	
the	Share	Incentive	Plan	for	a	combined	cash	commitment	of	£nil,	as	detailed	in	note	24.

24.  Share-based payments

The	income	statement	charge	for	the	year	for	share-based	payments	was	£1.8m	(2016:	£0.5m).	This	charge	has	been	included	within	
administration	expenses.

These	charges	arise	when	employees	are	granted	awards	under	the	Group’s	share	option	schemes,	performance	share	plan	(PSP),	deferred	
annual	bonus	scheme	(DABS)	or	Share	Incentive	Plan	(SIP)	and	when	employees	are	granted	awards	by	the	trustees	of	The	Future	Network	plc	
1999	Employee	Benefit	Trust	(EBT).	The	charge	equates	to	the	fair	value	of	the	award	and	has	been	calculated	using	the	Monte	Carlo	and	Black-
Scholes	models,	using	the	most	appropriate	model	for	each	scheme.	Assumptions	have	been	made	in	these	models	for	expected	volatility,	risk-free	
rates	and	dividend	yields.

A	reconciliation	of	movements	in	share	options	and	other	share	incentive	schemes	is	shown	below,	where	prior	year	comparatives	have	been	
restated	to	reflect	the	share	consolidation	in	February	2017:

Outstanding	at	the	beginning	of	the	year

Granted

Share	awards	exercised	–	new	share	issues

Lapsed

Outstanding	at	30	September

Exercisable	at	30	September

2017
Number of 
options/awards

2017
Weighted average 
exercise price

	Restated	
2016
Number	of	
options/awards	

	Restated	
2016
Weighted	average	
exercise	price

1,389,633

3,956,118

(37,392)

(1,037,300)

4,271,059

13,121

£0.049

£0.000

£1.078

£0.026

£0.000

£0.000

1,078,814

787,115

(57,460)

(418,836)

1,389,633

23,287

£0.187

£0.000

£0.000

£0.320

£0.049

£0.000

The	weighted	average	share	price	at	the	date	of	exercise	of	share	options	and	other	share	incentive	awards	during	the	year	was	£2.150	(2016:	£1.314).

 
 
 
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

80

24.  Share-based payments (continued)

For	options	and	other	share	incentive	schemes	outstanding	at	30	September	the	weighted	average	exercise	prices	and	remaining	contractual	lives	are	
as	follows:

Number of options/awards

Weighted average exercise price

Weighted average remaining 
contractual life in years

2017

Restated
2016

2017

Restated	
2016

2017

2016

34,700

£1.950

£1.950

Sharesave Plan

December	2013

PSP

December	2013

July	2014

February	2015

May	2015

August	2015

November	2015

September	2016

November	2016

February	2017

DABS

November	2009

December	2010

January	2012

December	2012

December	2013

November	2015

-

-

166,667

127,889

69,799

109,856

322,894

80,525

1,546,732

1,833,576

69

393

1,686

470

1,706

8,797

143,734

166,667

247,824

69,799

109,856

425,925

161,049

-

-

69

393

1,686

470

6,803

20,658

Total outstanding at 30 September

4,271,059

1,389,633

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

£0.049

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

2

2

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

1

-

1

1

2

2

2

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

The	fair	value	per	share	for	grants	made	during	the	year	and	the	assumptions	used	in	the	calculation	are	as	follows:

Grant	date

Share	price	at	grant	date

Exercise	price

Vesting	period	(years)	

Expected	volatility

Option	life	(years)

Expected	life	(years)

Risk-free	rate

Dividend	yield

Fair	value	

Fair	value	–	EBITDA	element

Fair	value	–	share	price	element

Fair	value	–	EPS	element

Fair	value	–	cash	element		

2017

Restated	
2016

PSP

PSP 

DABS

PSP

PSP

23/11/16

£1.3335

02/02/17

£1.7950

30/11/15

£1.6313

30/11/15

£1.6313

01/09/16

£1.3125

-

3

40%

3

3

0%

-

£0.8716

£1.3335

£0.4097

-

-

-

3

37%

3

3

0%

-

£1.3752

£1.7950

£0.9554

-

-

-

1

50%

1

1

0%

-

-

3

50%

3

3

1%

-

-

3

49%

3

3

0%

-

£1.6313

£1.6313

£1.3125

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

£1.6313

£1.6313

£1.3125

£1.3125

Notes:
1.	The	expected	volatility	is	based	on	Future’s	historical	volatility,	averaged	over	a	period	equal	to	the	expected	life,	where	possible.		
2.		The	Group	has	used	the	Black-Scholes	model	to	value	instruments	with	non-market-based	performance	criteria	such	as	earnings	per	share.		For	instruments	with	market-based	performance	criteria,	

notably	total	shareholder	return	and	share	price	performance,	the	Group	has	used	a	Monte	Carlo	model	to	determine	the	fair	value.	The	Black-Scholes	model	has	been	used	to	value	all	options	with	the	
exception	of	50%	of	certain	PSP	grants	which	have	market-based	performance	criteria;	the	Monte	Carlo	model	has	been	used	to	value	these	awards.

3.	In	July	2017,	the	performance	criteria	in	respect	of	the	award	granted	in	July	2014	were	changed	from	TSR	performance	and	EPS	growth	to	net	cash	flow	and	absolute	EPS.	The	fair	value	of	this	award	

has	been	recalculated	as	at	the	date	of	the	change.

4.	Prior	year	comparatives	have	been	restated	to	reflect	the	share	consolidation	in	February	2017.

Future	plc	operates	one	share	option	scheme	being	the	Future	plc	2010	Approved	Sharesave	Plan	(2010	Sharesave	Plan)	and	at	30	September	2017	
there	were	no	options	outstanding	under	this	scheme.

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
 
 
81

Future plc

Financial 
statements

24. Share-based payments (continued) 

The 2010 Sharesave Plan (the Sharesave Plan)
Under	the	Sharesave	Plan	the	option	entitlement	granted	to	participating	employees	is	linked	to	the	monthly	contributions	which	such	employees	have	
agreed	to	pay	into	the	Sharesave	Plan	(up	to	a	maximum	amount	of	£250	per	month).	The	options	granted	under	the	Sharesave	Plan	vest	on	the	third	
anniversary	of	the	grant	of	such	options.	Where	legal	and	regulatory	constraints	permit,	the	Company	uses	its	discretion	to	offer	options	granted	under	
the	Sharesave	Plan	at	a	discount	to	the	market	price	in	force	at	the	date	of	the	invitation	being	made.

Other share-based payments
No	further	share	options	are	to	be	granted.	Instead,	the	Group	has	put	into	place	a	number	of	alternative	share	incentive	schemes.

Performance Share Plan (PSP)
The	PSP	is	a	share-based	incentive	scheme	open	to	the	executive	Directors	and	certain	other	key	employees,	usually	based	on	a	percentage	of	
the	participant’s	salary.	Awards	under	this	scheme	are	subject	to	stretching	performance	criteria	measured	against	a	combination	of	earnings	per	
share	(EPS),	total	shareholder	return	(TSR),	net	cash	flow,	adjusted	EBITDA	or	share	price	performance,	depending	on	the	date	of	grant.	Unless	
the	Remuneration	Committee	decides	otherwise	at	the	date	of	grant,	awards	will	vest	three	years	after	the	date	of	grant	subject	to	the	participant’s	
continued	employment	within	the	Group	and	achievement	of	the	following	performance	criteria:

Performance	criteria	in	respect	of	awards	granted	in	December	2013

•	A	maximum	of	50%	of	an	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	growth	in	adjusted	EPS	is	equal	to	RPI	plus	8%,	0%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	growth	in	

adjusted	EPS	is	equal	to	RPI	plus	3%,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	the	two.	If	growth	in	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	
is	less	than	RPI	plus	3%,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.

•	The	remaining	50%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Company’s	TSR	performance,	compared	to	a	group	of	similar	companies,	places	it	in	the	top	

quintile	as	against	the	comparator	companies.	If	the	Company’s	TSR	performance	is	median,	12.5%	of	the	award	will	vest,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	
pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	the	two	points.	If	the	Company’s	performance	is	below	median,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

Performance	criteria	in	respect	of	awards	granted	between	16	July	2014	and	29	November	2015

In	July	2017,	the	Remuneration	Committee	exercised	its	discretion	to	change	the	performance	criteria	in	respect	of	the	award	granted	in	July	2014	
from	TSR	performance	and	EPS	growth	to	net	cash	flow	and	absolute	EPS	in	order	to	align	the	performance	criteria	for	awards	made	to	the	executive	
Directors.	The	Committee	also	extended	the	vesting	date	of	the	award	from	16	July	2017	to	27	November	2017.	The		performance	criteria	are	as	
follows:

•	A	maximum	of	50%	of	an	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017	(the	last	financial	year	of	the	

performance	period)	is	21.0p,	12.5%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	is	15.0p,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	the	
two.	If	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	is	below	15.0p,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

•	The	remaining	50%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017	(the	last	financial	year	of	the	

performance	period)	is	£1.25m,	12.5%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	is	£0.25m,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	
the	two.	If	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	is	below	£0.25m,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

Performance	criteria	in	respect	of	awards	granted	between	30	November	2015	and	30	September	2016

•	A	maximum	of	50%	of	an	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2018	(the	last	financial	year	of	the	

performance	period)	is	22.5p,	12.5%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	is	18.0p,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	between	
the	two.	If	the	Group’s	adjusted	EPS	is	below	18.0p,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

•	The	remaining	50%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2018	(the	last	financial	year	of	the	
performance	period)	is	£0.75m,	12.5%	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	is	£(0.25)m,	and	vesting	will	be	on	a	pro	rata	straight-line	basis	
between	the	two.	If	the	Group’s	net	cash	flow	is	below	£(0.25)m,	none	of	that	50%	of	the	award	will	vest.		

Performance	criteria	in	respect	of	awards	granted	during	the	year	ended	30	September	2017

•	25%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	adjusted	EBITDA	for	the	year	ended	30	September	2017	is	at	or	above	target.	If	the	Group’s	adjusted	

EBITDA	is	below	target,	none	of	that	25%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

•	25%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Group’s	adjusted	EBITDA	for	the	year	ending	30	September	2018	is	at	or	above	target.	If	the	Group’s	adjusted	

EBITDA	is	below	target,	none	of	that	25%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

•	25%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Company’s	share	price	performance	in	the	period	from	the	date	of	grant	to	30	September	2018	is	at	or	above	

target.	If	the	Company’s	share	price	performance	is	below	target,	none	of	that	25%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

•	25%	of	the	award	will	vest	if	the	Company’s	share	price	performance	in	the	period	from	the	date	of	grant	to	30	September	2019	is	at	or	above	

target.	If	the	Company’s	share	price	performance	is	below	target,	none	of	that	25%	of	the	award	will	vest.	

Grants	were	made	under	the	PSP	in	November	2015,	September	2016,	November	2016	and	February	2017.

Deferred Annual Bonus Scheme (DABS)
The	DABS	is	a	share-based	incentive	scheme	open	to	the	executive	Directors	and	certain	managers	across	the	Group.	The	maximum	value	of	any	
shares	granted	under	the	DABS	to	any	one	participant	will	be	an	amount	which	is	equal	to	a	fixed	percentage	of	that	eligible	participant’s	annual	bonus	
for	the	previous	financial	year.	The	number	of	shares	over	which	an	award	is	to	be	granted	to	each	participant	will	usually	be	calculated	by	reference	to	
the	market	value	of	an	Ordinary	share	in	the	Company	on	the	date	of	the	award.	Unless	the	Remuneration	Committee	decides	otherwise	at	the	date	of	

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

82

24. Share-based payments (continued) 

grant,	the	shares	awarded	under	the	DABS	will	vest	six	months	after	the	date	of	the	award,	subject	only	to	the	employee	remaining	in	the	employment	
of	the	Group	throughout	the	vesting	period.

A	grant	was	made	under	the	DABS	in	November	2015.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
The	SIP	is	open	to	all	UK	employees	including	the	executive	Directors.	It	is	a	tax	efficient	incentive	plan	pursuant	to	which	employees	are	eligible	to	
acquire	up	to	£150	(or	10%	of	salary,	if	less)	worth	of	Ordinary	shares	in	the	Company	per	month	or	£1,800	per	annum.	Under	the	SIP	employees	are	
invited	to	subscribe	for	Partnership	shares	via	salary	deductions.	If	an	employee	agrees	to	buy	Partnership	shares	the	Company	currently	matches	
the	number	of	Partnership	shares	bought	with	an	award	of	Matching	shares	on	the	basis	of	one	Matching	share	for	every	four	Partnership	shares.	
Matching	share	awards	to	date	have	been	met	by	the	issue	of	Ordinary	shares	to	Yorkshire	Building	Society	as	Trustee	of	the	SIP.

25. Reserves

Share premium account
Share	premium	represents	the	excess	of	proceeds	received	over	the	nominal	value	of	new	shares	issued.		

Group and Company 

At	1	October		 

Premium	arising	on	issue	of	equity	shares

Costs	of	share	issue

At 30 September

2017
£m

27.6

20.7

(0.9)

47.4

2016
£m

24.8

3.0

(0.2)

27.6

Treasury reserve
The	treasury	reserve	represents	the	cost	of	shares	in	Future	plc	purchased	in	the	market	and	held	by	the	EBT	to	satisfy	awards	made	by	the	trustees.		

At	1	October	and	30	September		 

Group 
2017
£m

(0.3)

Group 
2016
£m

(0.3)

The	95,123	(2016	restated:	95,123)	shares	held	by	the	EBT	represent	0.2%	(2016:	0.4%)	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital.	The	treasury	reserve	
is	non-distributable.

Merger reserve

At	1	October

Premium	arising	on	equity	shares	issued	as	consideration

Costs	of	share	issue

At 30 September

Group
2017
£m

109.0

13.6

(0.1)

122.5

Company
2017
£m

-

13.6

(0.1)

13.5

Group
2016
£m

109.0

-

-

109.0

Company
2016
£m

-

-

-

-

The	movement	in	the	merger	reserve	during	the	year	relates	to	the	premium	on	shares	issued	as	consideration	for	the	acquisition	of	Miura	(Holdings)	
Limited	in	October	2016.	Further	details	of	the	acquisition	are	set	out	in	note	29.

The	brought	forward	balance	in	the	Group	merger	reserve	of	£109.0m	(2016:	£109.0m)	arose	following	the	1999	Group	reorganisation	and	is	non-
distributable.

26. Pensions

The	Group	operates	a	defined	contribution	scheme	for	employees	resident	in	the	United	Kingdom.

In	the	US,	the	Group	operates	a	section	401(K)	profit	sharing	defined	contribution	plan	in	respect	of	pensions,	which	covers	substantially	all	Future	US	
employees.	The	section	401(K)	plan	allows	employees	to	invest	in	29	registered	mutual	funds	supported	by	T.	Rowe	Price,	the	plan’s	service	provider.	
The	employees,	not	the	employer,	have	complete	control	over	which	funds	they	invest	in,	although	they	have	no	control	over	the	stocks	owned	by	the	
funds.

During	the	year,	£0.6m	(2016:	£0.7m)	contributions	were	made	to	these	plans	and	at	30	September	2017	the	outstanding	balance	due	to	be	paid	over	
to	the	plans	was	£0.1m	(2016:	£0.1m).

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83

Future plc

Financial 
statements

27. Commitments and contingent liabilities

(a) Operating lease commitments
At	30	September	2017,	the	Group	had	the	following	total	future	lease	payments	under	non-cancellable	operating	leases:

Within	one	year	

Between	one	and	five	years

After	five	years

Total

Land and 
buildings
£m

2.1

7.4

6.5

16.0

Other
£m

-

-

-

-

Total
2017
£m

2.1

7.4

6.5

16.0

Land	and	
buildings
£m

2.2

6.4

7.0

15.6

Other
£m

-

-

-

-

Total
2016
£m

2.2

6.4

7.0

15.6

Future	minimum	sub-lease	receipts	expected	under	non-cancellable	subleases	at	30	September	2017	total	£0.8m	(2016:	£1.8m).

During	the	year,	£1.7m	(2016:	£1.6m)	was	recognised	in	the	income	statement	in	respect	of	operating	lease	rental	payments	and	£0.2m	(2016:	£0.4m)	
was	recognised	in	respect	of	sub-lease	receipts.

The	Group	leases	various	offices	under	non-cancellable	operating	lease	agreements.	The	leases	have	various	terms,	escalation	clauses	and	renewal	
rights.	The	Group	also	leases	other	equipment	under	non-cancellable	operating	lease	agreements.

(b) Contingent liabilities
There	are	no	contingent	liabilities	expected	to	result	in	a	material	loss	for	the	Group.

(c) Capital commitments
There	were	no	material	capital	commitments	as	at	30	September	2017	(2016:	£nil).

28. Related party transactions

The	Group	had	no	material	transactions	with	related	parties	in	2017	or	2016	which	might	reasonably	be	expected	to	influence	decisions	made	by	users	
of	these	financial	statements.

During	the	year,	the	Company	had	management	charges	payable	of	£0.9m	(2016:	£0.5m)	to	subsidiary	undertakings.	The	outstanding	balance	owed	
at	30	September	2017	was	£0.9m	(2016:	£0.5m).

29. Acquisitions

Acquisition of Miura (Holdings) Limited
On	21	October	2016,	Future	plc	acquired	100%	of	the	share	capital	of	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited,	the	holding	company	and	ultimate	parent	company	of	
Imagine	Publishing	Limited,	for	total	consideration	of	11,971,189	new	shares	in	the	Company	which,	at	the	closing	price	of	129p	on	21	October	2016,	
represents	consideration	of	£15.4m.	

The	impact	of	the	acquisition	on	the	consolidated	balance	sheet	was:

Intangible	assets

-	Publishing	rights

-	Brands

-	Other	intangibles

Tangible	assets

Inventories

Trade	and	other	receivables

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Trade	and	other	payables

Corporation	tax

Deferred	tax

Loans	and	borrowings

Net liabilities acquired

Goodwill

Consideration:

Equity	shares

Cash

Total consideration

Provisional 
fair value
£m

6.8

2.0

0.1

0.1

0.3

2.7

1.7

(6.3)

(0.1)

(1.5)

(6.9)

(1.1)

16.6

15.5

15.4

0.1

15.5

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

84

29. Acquisitions (continued)

The	goodwill	is	attributable	to	the	synergies	expected	to	arise	in	integrating	the	magazines	into	the	wider	Future	group	and	through	combining	
production	and	back	office	functions.	The	publishing	rights	and	brands	will	be	amortised	over	periods	of	five	and	ten	years	respectively.

Included	within	the	Group’s	results	for	the	year	are	revenues	of	£14.8m	and	statutory	profit	before	tax	for	the	period	of	£2.0m	(excluding	deal	fees	and	
associated	integration	costs)	from	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited	and	its	subsidiaries.

If	the	acquisition	had	been	completed	on	the	first	day	of	the	financial	year,	it	would	have	contributed	£15.3m	of	revenue	and	statutory	profit	before	tax	
of	£2.0m	during	the	year.

Acquisition of Ascent Publishing Limited and Centaur Consumer Exhibitions Limited (“home interest”)
On	1	August	2017,	Future	plc	acquired	100%	of	the	share	capital	of	both	Ascent	Publishing	Limited	and	Centaur	Consumer	Exhibitions	Limited	for	total	
consideration	of	£32.8m.	

The	impact	of	the	acquisition	on	the	consolidated	balance	sheet	was:

Intangible	assets

-	Publishing	rights

-	Brands

-	Customer	lists

Inventories

Trade	and	other	receivables

Trade	and	other	payables

Deferred	tax

Provisions

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration:

Cash

Total consideration

Provisional 
fair value
£m

3.9

4.7

6.9

0.1

4.6

(4.5)

(2.6)

(0.1)

13.0

19.8

32.8

32.8

32.8

The	goodwill	is	attributable	to	the	synergies	expected	to	arise	in	integrating	the	magazines	and	events	into	the	wider	Future	group.	The	publishing	
rights,	brands	and	customer	lists	will	be	amortised	over	periods	of	five,	ten	and	eight	years	respectively.

Included	within	the	Group’s	results	for	the	year	are	revenues	of	£2.5m	and	statutory	profit	before	tax	for	the	period	of	£0.4m	(excluding	deal	fees	and	
associated	integration	costs)	from	home	interest.

If	the	acquisition	had	been	completed	on	the	first	day	of	the	financial	year,	it	would	have	contributed	£13.2m	of	revenue	and	statutory	profit	before	tax	
of	£2.0m	during	the	year.

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
85

Future plc

Financial 
statements

29. Acquisitions (continued)

Acquisition of Team Rock
On	6	January	2017,	Future	Publishing	Limited	acquired	certain	assets	from	Team	Rock	Limited	for	cash	consideration	of	£0.8m.		

The	impact	of	the	acquisition	on	the	consolidated	balance	sheet	was:

Intangible	assets

-	Publishing	rights

Trade	and	other	payables

Deferred	tax

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration:

Cash	

Total consideration

Provisional 
fair value
£m

1.2

																																											(0.4)

(0.2)

0.6

																																											0.2

0.8

																																											0.8

                                           0.8

The	goodwill	is	attributable	to	the	synergies	expected	to	arise	in	integrating	the	magazines	and	websites	into	the	wider	Future	group.	The	publishing	
rights	will	be	amortised	over	a	period	of	five	years.

Included	within	the	Group’s	results	for	the	year	are	revenues	of	£3.2m	and	statutory	profit	before	tax	for	the	period	of	£0.6m	(excluding	deal	fees	and	
associated	integration	costs)	from	the	Team	Rock	assets.

If	the	acquisition	had	been	completed	on	the	first	day	of	the	financial	year,	it	would	have	contributed	£4.8m	of	revenue	and	statutory	profit	before	tax	of	
£1.0m	during	the	period.

Acquisition of Next Commerce Pty Ltd
On	15	August	2016,	Future	Publishing	(Overseas)	Limited	acquired	100%	of	the	share	capital	of	Next	Commerce	Pty	Ltd.	The	consideration	payable	
included	deferred	consideration	of	up	to	£0.6m,	in	the	form	of	shares	in	Future	plc,	payable	by	24	January	2017	based	on	revenue	performance.	
At	30	September	2016	the	provisional	fair	value	of	deferred	consideration	was	measured	at	£0.6m.	In	January	2017,	Future	Publishing	(Overseas)	
Limited	agreed	with	the	sellers	to	pay	deferred	consideration	of	£0.7m	in	cash	instead	of	shares	in	Future	plc.	As	this	change	to	deferred	consideration	
occurred	within	one	year	of	the	date	of	acquisition,	the	provisional	fair	value	of	goodwill	recognised	at	30	September	2016	has	been	adjusted,	as	
detailed	below:

Goodwill

Provisional fair value at 
30 September 2016
£m

Fair value adjustment
£m

0.6

0.1

Fair value at 
30 September 2017
£m

0.7

Acquisition of Blaze Publishing
On	12	May	2016,	Future	Publishing	Limited	acquired	certain	assets	from	Blaze	Publishing	Limited	for	cash	consideration	of	£0.4m.	The	consideration	
payable	included	deferred	consideration	of	up	to	£0.3m	payable	by	12	May	2017	based	on	gross	contribution	targets.	At	30	September	2016	the	
provisional	fair	value	of	deferred	consideration	was	measured	at	£0.3m.	During	the	year	ended	30	September	2017	it	was	determined	that	no	deferred	
consideration	was	payable.	As	this	change	to	deferred	consideration	occured	within	one	year	of	the	date	of	acquisition,	the	provisional	fair	value	of	
goodwill	recognised	at	30	September	2016	has	been	adjusted,	as	detailed	below:

Goodwill

Provisional fair value at 
30 September 2016
£m

Fair value adjustment
£m

0.6

(0.3)

Fair value at 
30 September 2017
£m

0.3

Acquisition of Noble House Media Limited
On	5	April	2016,	Future	Publishing	Limited	acquired	100%	of	the	share	capital	of	Noble	House	Media	Limited	for	cash	consideration	of	£0.1m.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

86

30. Subsidiary undertakings

Details	of	the	Company’s	subsidiaries	at	30	September	2017	are	set	out	below.	All	subsidiaries	are	included	in	the	consolidation.	Shares	of	those	
companies	marked	with	an	*	are	indirectly	owned	by	Future	plc	through	an	intermediate	holding	company.

Company name and registered number

A&S	Publishing	Company	Limited*	
01584580

Ascent	Publishing	Limited*
02561341

Centaur	Consumer	Exhibitions	Limited*
07276298

Fascination	(Holdings)	Limited*
08464940

Future	Holdings	2002	Limited
04387886

Future	Publishing	Limited*
02008885

Future	Publishing	(Overseas)	Limited*
06202940

Future	Publishing	Holdings	Limited
03430449

Future	US,	Inc*
0513070

Future	Verlag	GmbH*
HRB125675

FutureFolio	Limited*
07956484

Imagine	Publishing	Group	Limited*
07375965

Imagine	Publishing	Limited*
05374037

Miura	(Holdings)	Limited
08464815

Next	Commerce	Philippines	Inc*
CS201517783

Next	Commerce	Pty	Ltd*
113 146 786

Pricepanda	Group	GmbH*
HRB138471B

Rho	Holdings	Limited
00040056

Sarracenia	Limited
04582851

Skaro	(Holdings)	Limited*
08469998

Nature of business

Holding %

Class of shares

Country of 
incorporation and  
registered office

England	and	Wales1

England	and	Wales1

England	and	Wales1

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

England	and	Wales1

Holding	company

England	and	Wales1

Holding	company

England	and	Wales1

England	and	Wales1

Publishing

Publishing

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

England	and	Wales1

Holding	company

87.5

1	pence	Ordinary	shares

USA	(State	of	California)2

Germany3

Publishing

Non-trading

England	and	Wales1

Digital	publishing	solutions

100

87.5

100

	Not	applicable

€1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

England	and	Wales1

Holding	company

100

1	pence	Ordinary	shares

England	and	Wales1

Non-trading

100

1	pence	Ordinary	shares

England	and	Wales1

Holding	company

Philippines4

Dormant

Australia5

Germany6

Comparison	shopping	
search	engine

Dormant

Guernsey7

Investment	company

England	and	Wales1

Dormant

England	and	Wales1

Holding	company

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

£1	Ordinary	shares

₱1	Ordinary	shares

$1	Ordinary	shares

€1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

£1	Ordinary	shares

1	Registered	office:	Quay	House,	The	Ambury,	Bath,	BA1	1UA,	England
2	Registered	office:	1390	Market	St,	Suite	200,	San	Francisco,	CA	94102,	USA
3	Registered	office:	c/o	Poruba	GbR,	Clemensstraße	32,	80803	Munich,	Germany
4	Registered	office:	2/F	GC	Corporate	Plaza,	150	Legaspi	Street,	Legaspi	Village,	Makati,	Manila,	Philippines
5	Registered	office:	Suite	3,	Level	10,	100	Walker	Street,	North	Sydney,	NSW	2060,	Australia
6	Registered	office:	Charlottenstraße	4,	10969	Berlin,	Germany
7	Registered	office:	Aquitaine	Group	Limited,	PO	Box	357,	Mill	Court,	La	Charroterie,	St	Peter	Port,	GY1	3XH,	Guernsey

A&S	Publishing	Company	Limited,	Ascent	Publishing	Limited,	Centaur	Consumer	Exhibitions	Limited,	Fascination	(Holdings)	Limited,	Future	Holdings	
2002	Limited,	Future	Publishing	Limited,	FutureFolio	Limited,	Imagine	Publishing	Group	Limited,	Imagine	Publishing	Limited,	Miura	(Holdings)	Limited	
and	Skaro	(Holdings)	Limited	are	exempt	from	the	requirement	to	file	audited	financial	statements	by	virtue	of	Section	479A	of	the	Companies	Act	
2006.	Sarracenia	Limited	is	exempt	from	the	requirement	to	file	audited	financial	statements	by	virtue	of	Section	480	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.		

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l

S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

 
 
87

Notice of Annual 
General Meeting

This	Notice	of	Meeting	is	important	and	requires	your	immediate	attention.

If	you	are	in	any	doubt	as	to	what	action	you	should	take,	you	should	consult	your	
stockbroker,	bank	manager,	solicitor,	accountant	or	other	independent	adviser	
authorised	under	the	Financial	Services	and	Markets	Act	2000.

If	you	have	sold	or	otherwise	transferred	all	your	shares	in	Future	plc,	please	forward	
this	notice,	together	with	the	accompanying	documents,	as	soon	as	possible	either	to	
the	purchaser	or	transferee,	or	to	the	person	who	arranged	the	sale	or	transfer	so	that	
they	can	pass	these	documents	to	the	purchaser	or	transferee.

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice	is	hereby	given	that	the	nineteenth	Annual	General	Meeting	of	Future	plc	will	be	held	on	
Monday	5	February	2018	at	Future’s	London	office,	1-10	Praed	Mews,	London	W2	1QY	at	10:30am	
at	which	the	following	resolutions	numbered	1	to	12	will	be	proposed	as	ordinary	resolutions,	and	
resolutions	numbered	13	to	15	will	be	proposed	as	special	resolutions.		

Ordinary Business

Ordinary resolutions

1.	 To	receive	and	adopt	the	audited	

financial	statements	of	the	Company	for	
the	financial	year	ended	30	September	
2017	and	the	reports	of	the	Directors	and	
the	auditors	(the	“Annual	Report”).

2.	 To	approve	the	Directors’	remuneration	
implementation	report	as	set	out	in	
pages	30	to	36	of	the	Annual	Report	of	
the	Company	for	the	financial	year	ended	
30	September	2017.

3.					To	approve	the	amendments	to	the

Remuneration	policy	for	the	three	year	
period	commencing	on	1	October	2016	
as	set	out	in	pages	38	to	41	of	the	Annual	
Report	of	the	Company.	

4.					To	elect	as	a	Director	Richard	

Huntingford.

5.	 To	re-elect	as	a	Director	Zillah	

Byng-Thorne.

6.	 To	re-elect	as	a	Director	Penny	

Ladkin-Brand.

7.					To	re-elect	as	a	Director	Hugo	Drayton.

8.					To	re-elect	as	a	Director	James	Hanbury.

9.					To	reappoint	PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP,	Chartered	Accountants	and	
Registered	Auditors,	as	auditors	of	
the	Company	to	hold	office	until	the	
conclusion	of	the	next	General	Meeting	
at	which	accounts	are	laid	before	the	
Company.

10.			To	authorise	the	Directors	to	determine	
the	remuneration	of	the	auditors	of	the	
Company.

11.			That,	in	substitution	for	any	existing
authority,	the	Directors	be	and	are	
hereby	generally	and	unconditionally	
authorised	in	accordance	with	section	
551	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	(the	
‘Act’)	to	exercise	all	the	powers	of	the	
Company	to	allot	shares	in	the	Company	
and	to	grant	rights	to	subscribe	for,	or	to	
convert	any	security	into,	shares	in	the	
Company:	

11.1	 in	connection	with	an	offer	by	way	of	a

rights	issue	(comprising	equity	securities	
as	defined	by	section	560	of	the	Act),	
up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	amount	of	
£4,565,590	(such	amount	to	be	reduced	
by	the	nominal	amount	of	any	relevant	
securities	allotted	under	paragraph	11.2	
below):

(a)	

to	holders	of	Ordinary	shares	in	the	
capital	of	the	Company	in	proportion	(as	
nearly	as	may	be	practicable)	to	their	
respective	holdings	of	Ordinary	shares	in	
the	capital	of	the	Company;	and

(b)	

to	holders	of	any	other	equity	securities	
as	required	by	the	rights	of	those	
securities	or	as	the	Directors	otherwise	
consider	necessary,	

but	subject	to	such	exclusions	or	other	
arrangements	as	the	Board	may	deem	
necessary	or	expedient	in	relation	to	
treasury	shares,	fractional	entitlements,	
record	dates,	legal	or	practical	problems	
in	or	under	the	laws	of	any	territory,	or	
the	requirements	of	any	regulatory	body	
or	stock	exchange;	and

11.2	 in	any	other	case,	up	to	an	aggregate	
nominal	amount	of	£2,282,795	(such	
amount	to	be	reduced	by	the	nominal	
amount	of	any	equity	securities	allotted	
under	paragraph	11.1	above	in	excess	
of	£2,282,795),	at	any	time	or	times	
during	the	period	beginning	on	the	date	
of	the	passing	of	this	resolution	and	
ending	following	the	conclusion	of	the	
Company’s	next	Annual	General	Meeting	

or,	if	earlier,	on	31	March	2019	(unless	
previously	revoked	or	varied	by	the	
Company	in	General	Meeting)	save	that	
the	Company	may	before	expiry	of	this	
authority	make	an	offer	or	agreement	
which	would	or	might	require	relevant	
securities	to	be	allotted	after	its	expiry	
and	the	Directors	may	allot	relevant	
securities	pursuant	to	such	an	offer	or	
agreement	as	if	the	authority	hereby	
conferred	had	not	expired.

12.			To	authorise	the	Company,	and	all	

companies	that	are	its	subsidiaries,	at	
any	time	during	the	period	for	which	this	
resolution	has	effect	for	the	purposes	of	
Section	366	of	the	Act	to:

(a)		 make	political	donations	to	political	
parties	and/or	independent	election	
candidates	not	exceeding	£50,000	in	
total;

(b)			make	political	donations	to	political	

organisations	other	than	political	parties	
not	exceeding	£50,000	in	total;	and

(c)				incur	political	expenditure	not	exceeding	

£50,000	in	total,

during	the	period	beginning	with	the	
date	of	the	passing	of	this	resolution	and	
ending	following	the	conclusion	of	the	
Company’s	next	Annual	General	Meeting	
or,	if	earlier,	on	31	March	2019.	

Future plc88

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Special resolutions

13.			That,	if	resolution	11	is	passed,	the	

14.	 That,	if	resolution	11	is	passed,	the		

Directors	be	authorised	to	allot	equity	
securities	(as	defined	in	section	560	
of	the	Act)	for	cash	under	the	authority	
given	by	that	resolution	(in	accordance	
with	section	570(1)	of	the	Act)	and/
or	to	sell	Ordinary	shares	held	by	
the	Company	as	treasury	shares	(in	
accordance	with	section	573	of	the	Act)	
for	cash	as	if	section	561(1)	of	the	Act	did	
not	apply	to	any	such	allotment	or	sale,	
such	authority	to	be	limited	to:		

(a)		 the	allotment	of	equity	securities	in	

connection	with	an	offer	of,	or	invitation	
to	apply	for,	equity	securities	(but	in	
the	case	of	the	authority	granted	under	
paragraph	11.1	of	resolution	11,	by	way	of	
a	rights	issue	only):

(i)	

in	favour	of	holders	of	Ordinary	shares	in	
the	capital	of	the	Company,	where	the	
equity	securities	respectively	attributable	
to	the	interests	of	all	such	holders	are	
proportionate	(as	nearly	as	practicable)	
to	the	respective	number	of	Ordinary	
shares	in	the	capital	of	the	Company	
held	by	them;	and

(ii)			 to	holders	of	any	other	equity	securities	
as	required	by	the	rights	of	those	
securities	or	as	the	Directors	otherwise	
consider	necessary,

but	subject	to	such	exclusions	or	other	
arrangements	as	the	Directors	may	deem	
necessary	or	expedient	to	deal	with	
treasury	shares,	fractional	entitlements	
or	legal,	regulatory	or	practical	problems	
arising	under	the	laws	or	requirements	
of	any	overseas	territory	or	by	virtue	of	
shares	being	represented	by	depository	
receipts	or	the	requirements	of	any	
regulatory	body	or	stock	exchange	or	any	
other	matter	whatsoever;	and

(b)				the	allotment,	otherwise	than	pursuant	

to	sub-paragraph	(a)	above,	of	equity	
securities	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	
value	equal	to	£342,420,

such	authority	to	expire	at	the	end	of	
the	next	AGM	of	the	Company	or,	if	
earlier,	at	the	close	of	business	on	31	
March	2019	(unless	previously	revoked	
or	varied	by	the	Company	in	General	
Meeting		but,	in	each	case,	prior	to	its	
expiry	the	Company	may	make	offers,	
and	enter	into	agreements,	which	would,	
or	might,	require	equity	securities	to	be	
allotted	(and	treasury	shares	to	be	sold)	
after	the	authority	expires	and	the	Board	
may	allot	equity	securities	(and	sell	
treasury	shares)	under	any	such	offer	
or	agreement	as	if	the	authority	had	not	
expired.	

Board	be	authorised	in	addition	to	any	
authority	granted	under	resolution	13	
to	allot	equity	securities	(as	defined	in	
section	560	of	the	Act)	for	cash	under	
the	authority	given	by	that	resolution	(in	
accordance	with	section	570(1)	of	the	
Act)	and/or	to	sell	Ordinary	shares	held	
by	the	Company	as	treasury	shares	(in	
accordance	with	section	573	of	the	Act)	
for	cash	as	if	section	561(1)	of	the	Act	did	
not	apply	to	any	such	allotment	or	sale,	
such	authority	to	be:	

a)		

limited	to	the	allotment	of	equity	
securities	or	sale	of	treasury	shares	up	to	
a	nominal	amount	of	£342,420;	and

b)		 used	only	for	the	purposes	of	financing	
(or	refinancing,	if	the	authority	is	to	be	
used	within	six	months	after	the	original	
transaction)	a	transaction	which	the	
Board	of	the	Company	determines	to	be	
an	acquisition	or	other	capital	investment	
of	a	kind	contemplated	by	the	Statement	
of	Principles	on	Disapplying	Pre-Emption	
Rights	most	recently	published	by	the	
Pre-Emption	Group	prior	to	the	date	of	
this	notice,	

such	authority	to	expire	at	the	end	of	the	
next	AGM	of	the	Company	or,	if	earlier,	at	
the	close	of	business	on	31	March	2019	
but,	in	each	case,	prior	to	its	expiry	the	
Company	may	make	offers,	and	enter	
into	agreements,	which	would,	or	might,	
require	equity	securities	to	be	allotted	
(and	treasury	shares	to	be	sold)	after	
the	authority	expires	and	the	Board	
may	allot	equity	securities	(and	sell	
treasury	shares)	under	any	such	offer	
or	agreement	as	if	the	authority	had	not	
expired.

15.	 That	a	general	meeting,	other	than	an	

Annual	General	Meeting,	may	be	called	
on	not	less	than	14	clear	days’	notice.

On	behalf	of	the	Board

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary
8	December	2017

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Financial Statements 
 
89

Notice of  
Annual General 
Meeting

Notes

Further information about the AGM

Number of shares in issue

Indirect investors

5.		 	As	at	the	close	of	business	on	8	December	
2017	(being	the	last	business	day	prior	
to	the	publication	of	this	notice)	the	
Company’s	issued	share	capital	consisted	
of	45,655,967	Ordinary	shares	of	15	pence	
each.	Each	Ordinary	share	carries	one	
vote.	There	are	no	shares	held	in	treasury.	
The	total	number	of	voting	rights	in	the	
Company	is	therefore	45,655,967.

Documents available for inspection

6.		 	Printed	copies	of	the	service	contracts	of	

the	Company’s	Directors	and	the	letters	
of	appointment	for	the	non-executive	
Directors	will	be	available	for	inspection	
during	usual	business	hours	on	any	
weekday	(Saturdays,	Sundays	and	public	
holidays	excluded)	at	the	Company’s	
London	office	at

1-10	Praed	Mews,	
London,	
	 W2	1QY

and	at	the	Company’s	registered	office	at	

Quay	House,	
The	Ambury,	
Bath,	
BA1	1UA

including	on	the	day	of	the	meeting	from		
10:15am	until	its	completion.

Eligible shareholders

7.		

	The	Company,	pursuant	to	Regulation	
41	of	The	Uncertificated	Securities	
Regulations	2001,	specifies	that	only	those	
members	on	the	register	of	the	Company	
as	at	6pm	on	Thursday	1	February	2018	
or,	if	this	meeting	is	adjourned,	in	the	
register	of	members	48	hours	before	the	
time	of	any	adjourned	meeting,	shall	be	
entitled	to	attend	and	vote	at	the	meeting	
in	respect	of	the	number	of	shares	
registered	in	their	name	at	that	time.	
Changes	to	entries	on	the	Register	after	
6pm	on	Thursday	1	February	2018	or,	if	
this	meeting	is	adjourned,	in	the	register	of	
members	48	hours	before	the	time	of	any	
adjourned	meeting,	shall	be	disregarded	
in	determining	the	rights	of	any	person	to	
attend	or	vote	at	the	meeting.

1.	

	Information	regarding	the	meeting,	
including	the	information	required	by	
section	311A	of	the	Act,	is	available	from:	
www.futureplc.com/invest-in-future

Attendance at the AGM

2.		 	If	you	wish	to	attend	the	meeting	in	

person,	please	bring	the	attendance	card	
attached	to	your	form	of	proxy	and	arrive	
at	Future’s	London	office,	1-10	Praed	
Mews,	London	W2	1QY,	in	sufficient	
time	for	registration.	Appointment	of	
a	proxy	does	not	preclude	a	member	
from	attending	the	meeting	and	voting	
in	person.	If	a	member	has	appointed	a	
proxy	and	attends	the	meeting	in	person,	
the	proxy	appointment	will	automatically	
be	terminated.

Appointment of proxies

3.		 	Any	member	entitled	to	attend	and	vote	
at	the	meeting	may	appoint	one	or	more	
proxies	to	attend,	speak	and	vote	in	their	
place.	A	member	may	appoint	more	than	
one	proxy	provided	that	each	proxy	is	
appointed	to	exercise	the	rights	attached	
to	a	different	share	or	shares	held	by	that	
shareholder.	If	you	appoint	multiple	proxies	
for	a	number	of	shares	in	excess	of	your	
holding,	the	proxy	appointments	may	be	
treated	as	invalid.	A	proxy	need	not	be	a	
member	of	the	Company.	A	proxy	card	
is	enclosed.	To	be	effective,	proxy	cards	
should	be	completed	in	accordance	with	
these	notes	and	the	notes	to	the	proxy	
form,	signed	and	returned	so	as	to	be	
received	by	the	Company’s	Registrars:	

Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC,	
The	Pavilions,	Bridgwater	Road,	Bristol	
BS99	6ZY	

not	later	than	10:30am	on	Thursday	1	
February	2018	being	two	business	days	
before	the	time	appointed	for	the	holding	of	
the	meeting.	If	you	submit	more	than	one	
valid	proxy	appointment,	the	appointment	
received	last	before	the	latest	time	for	the	
receipt	of	proxies	will	take	precedence.

Electronic appointment of proxies

4.		 	As	an	alternative	to	completing	the	printed	
proxy	form,	you	may	appoint	a	proxy	
electronically	by	visiting	the	following	
website:	www.investorcentre.co.uk/eproxy.	
You	will	be	asked	to	enter	the	Control	
Number,	the	Shareholder	Reference	
Number	(SRN)	and	PIN	as	printed	on	your	
proxy	form	and	to	agree	to	certain	terms	
and	conditions.	To	be	effective,	electronic	
appointments	must	have	been	received	by	
the	Company’s	Registrars	not	later	than	
10:30am	on	Thursday	1	February	2018.

8.		 	Any	person	to	whom	this	notice	is	sent	

who	is	a	person	that	has	been	nominated	
under	section	146	of	the	Act	to	enjoy	
information	rights	(a	‘Nominated	Person’)	
does	not	have	a	right	to	appoint	a	
proxy.	However,	a	Nominated	Person	
may,	under	an	agreement	with	the	
registered	shareholder	by	whom	they	
were	nominated	(a	‘Relevant	Member’),	
have	a	right	to	be	appointed	(or	to	have	
someone	else	appointed)	as	a	proxy	for	
the	meeting.	Alternatively,	if	a	Nominated	
Person	does	not	have	such	a	right,	or	
does	not	wish	to	exercise	it,	they	may	
have	a	right	under	any	such	agreement	to	
give	instructions	to	the	Relevant	Member	
as	to	the	exercise	of	voting	rights.	

A	Nominated	Person’s	main	point	of	
contact	in	terms	of	their	investment	in	the	
Company	remains	the	Relevant	Member	
(or,	perhaps,	the	Nominated	Person’s	
custodian	or	broker)	and	the	Nominated	
Person	should	continue	to	contact	
them	(and	not	the	Company)	regarding	
any	changes	or	queries	relating	to	the	
Nominated	Person’s	personal	details	and	
their	interest	in	the	Company	(including	
any	administrative	matters).	The	only	
exception	to	this	is	where	the	Company	
expressly	requests	a	response	from	the	
Nominated	Person.

Appointment of proxies  
through CREST

9.		 	CREST	members	who	wish	to	appoint	
a	proxy	or	proxies	through	the	CREST	
electronic	proxy	appointment	service	
may	do	so	for	the	meeting	and	any	
adjournment(s)	thereof	by	using	the	
procedures	described	in	the	CREST	
Manual.	CREST	personal	members	or	other	
CREST	sponsored	members,	and	those	
CREST	members	who	have	appointed	a	
voting	service	provider(s),	should	refer	to	
their	CREST	sponsor	or	voting	service	
provider(s),	who	will	be	able	to	take	the	
appropriate	action	on	their	behalf.

In	order	for	a	proxy	appointment	or	
instruction	made	using	the	CREST	
service	to	be	valid,	the	appropriate	
CREST	message	(a	‘CREST	Proxy	
Instruction’)	must	be	properly	authenticated	
in	accordance	with	Euroclear	UK	&	
Ireland	Limited’s	specifications	and	must	
contain	the	information	required	for	such	
instructions,	as	described	in	the	CREST	
Manual.	The	message,	regardless	of	
whether	it	constitutes	the	appointment	of	a	
proxy	or	an	amendment	to	the	instruction	
given	to	a	previously	appointed	proxy	
must,	in	order	to	be	valid,	be	transmitted	
so	as	to	be	received	by	the	issuer’s	agent	
(ID	3RA50)	by	10:30am	on	Thursday	
1	February	2018	or,	if	the	meeting	is	
adjourned,	not	less	than	48	hours	before	

Future plc 
 
	
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
90

Revoking a proxy

Questions at the AGM

the	time	fixed	for	the	adjourned	meeting.	
For	this	purpose,	the	time	of	receipt	will	
be	taken	to	be	the	time	(as	determined	
by	the	timestamp	applied	to	the	message	
by	the	CREST	Applications	Host)	from	
which	the	issuer’s	agent	is	able	to	retrieve	
the	message	by	enquiry	to	CREST	in	the	
manner	prescribed	by	CREST.	After	this	
time	any	change	of	instructions	to	proxies	
appointed	through	CREST	should	be	
communicated	to	the	appointee	through	
other	means.

CREST	members	and,	where	applicable,	
their	CREST	sponsors	or	voting	service	
providers	should	note	that	Euroclear	UK	
&	Ireland	Limited	does	not	make	available	
special	procedures	in	CREST	for	any	
particular	messages.	Normal	system	
timings	and	limitations	will	therefore	apply	
in	relation	to	the	input	of	CREST	Proxy	
Instructions.	It	is	the	responsibility	of	the	
CREST	member	concerned	to	take	(or,	if	
the	CREST	member	is	a	CREST	personal	
member	or	sponsored	member	or	has	
appointed	a	voting	service	provider(s),	to	
procure	that	his	CREST	sponsor	or	voting	
service	provider(s)	take(s))	such	action	
as	shall	be	necessary	to	ensure	that	a	
message	is	transmitted	by	means	of	the	
CREST	system	by	any	particular	time.	In	
this	connection,	CREST	members	and,	
where	applicable,	their	CREST	sponsors	
or	voting	service	providers	are	referred,	in	
particular,	to	those	sections	of	the	CREST	
Manual	concerning	practical	limitations	of	
the	CREST	system	and	timings.

The	Company	may	treat	as	invalid	a	CREST	
Proxy	Instruction	in	the	circumstances	
set	out	in	Regulation	35(5)(a)	of	the	
Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001.

11.			In	order	to	revoke	a	proxy	instruction,	a	
signed	letter	clearly	stating	a	member’s	
intention	to	revoke	a	proxy	appointment	
must	be	sent	by	post	or	by	hand	to	the	
Company’s	Registrars:

Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC,	 
The	Pavilions,	Bridgwater	Road,	 
Bristol	BS99	6ZY.	

Note	that	the	deadlines	for	receipt	of	proxy	
appointments	(see	above)	also	apply	in	
relation	to	revocations;	any	revocation	
received	after	the	relevant	deadline	will	be	
disregarded.

Corporate members

12.	 	In	the	case	of	a	member	which	is	a	

company,	any	proxy	form,	amendment	
or	revocation	must	be	executed	under	its	
common	seal	or	signed	on	its	behalf	by	
an	officer	of	the	company	or	an	attorney	
for	the	company.	Any	power	of	attorney	
or	any	other	authority	under	which	
the	documents	are	signed	(or	a	duly	
certified	copy	of	such	power	of	authority)	
must	be	included.	A	corporate	member	
can	appoint	one	or	more	corporate	
representatives	who	may	exercise,	on	
its	behalf,	all	its	powers	as	a	member	
provided	that	no	more	than	one	corporate	
representative	exercises	powers	over	
the	same	share.	Members	considering	
the	appointment	of	a	corporate	
representative	should	check	their	own	
legal	position,	the	company’s	articles	of	
association	and	the	relevant	provision	of	
the	Companies	Act	2006.

Amending a proxy

Joint holders

13.		Where	more	than	one	of	the	joint	holders	

purports	to	vote	or	appoint	a	proxy,	only	
the	vote	or	appointment	submitted	by	the	
member	whose	name	appears	first	on	the	
register	will	be	accepted.

10.			To	change	a	proxy	instruction,	a	member	
needs	to	submit	a	new	proxy	appointment	
using	the	methods	set	out	above.	Note	
that	the	deadlines	for	receipt	of	proxy	
appointments	(see	above)	also	apply	
in	relation	to	amended	instructions;	
any	amended	proxy	appointment	
received	after	the	relevant	deadline	
will	be	disregarded.	Where	a	member	
has	appointed	a	proxy	using	the	paper	
proxy	form	and	would	like	to	change	the	
instructions	using	another	such	form,	that	
member	should	contact	the	Registrars	on	
+44	(0)370	707	1443.	

	If	more	than	one	valid	proxy	appointment	
is	submitted,	the	appointment	received	
last	before	the	deadline	for	the	receipt	of	
proxies	will	take	precedence.

14.	 	Under	section	319A	of	the	Act,	the	

Company	must	answer	any	question	you	
ask	relating	to	the	business	being	dealt	
with	at	the	meeting	unless:

(a)	 	answering	the	question	would	interfere	

unduly	with	the	preparation	for	the	meeting	
or	involve	the	disclosure	of	confidential	
information;

(b)		 	the	answer	has	already	been	given	on	
a	website	in	the	form	of	an	answer	to	a	
question;	or

(c)		 	it	is	undesirable	in	the	interests	of	the	

Company	or	the	good	order	of	the	meeting	
that	the	question	be	answered.

Members’ right to require circulation of 
a resolution to be proposed at the AGM

15.	 	Under	section	338	of	the	Act,	a	member	or	
members	meeting	the	qualification	criteria	
set	out	at	note	18	on	page	91,	may,	subject	
to	conditions	set	out	at	note	19,	require	the	
Company	to	give	to	members	notice	of	a	
resolution	which	may	properly	be	moved	
and	is	intended	to	be	moved	at	that	meeting.

 Members’ right to have a matter of 
business dealt with at the AGM

16.			Under	section	338A	of	the	Act,	a	member	
or	members	meeting	the	qualification	
criteria	set	out	at	note	18	on	page	91,	may,	
subject	to	the	conditions	set	out	at	note	
19,	require	the	Company	to	include	in	the	
business	to	be	dealt	with	at	the	AGM	a	
matter	(other	than	a	proposed	resolution)	
which	may	properly	be	included	in	the	
business	(a	matter	of	business).

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Financial Statements 
 
	
 
 
91

Notice of  
Annual General 
Meeting

Website publication of any  
audit concerns

17.			Pursuant	to	Chapter	5	of	Part	16	of	the	
Act,	where	requested	by	a	member	or	
members	meeting	the	qualification	criteria	
set	out	at	note	18	below,	the	Company	
must	publish	on	its	website	a	statement	
setting	out	any	matter	that	such	members	
propose	to	raise	at	the	AGM	relating	to	the	
audit	of	the	Company’s	accounts	(including	
the	auditors’	report	and	the	conduct	of	the	
audit)	that	are	to	be	laid	before	the	AGM.

	Where	the	Company	is	required	to	publish	
such	a	statement	on	its	website:

(a)		 	it	may	not	require	the	members	making	the	
request	to	pay	any	expenses	incurred	by	
the	Company	in	complying	with	the	request;

(b)			it	must	forward	the	statement	to	the	

Company’s	auditors	no	later	than	the	time	
the	statement	is	made	available	on	the	
Company’s	website;	and

Conditions

19.	 The	conditions	are	that:

(a)		 	any	resolution	must	not,	if	passed,	

be	ineffective	(whether	by	reason	of	
inconsistency	with	any	enactment	or	the	
Company’s	constitution	or	otherwise);

(b)		 	the	resolution	or	matter	of	business	must	

not	be	defamatory	of	any	person,	frivolous	
or	vexatious;

(c)		 the	request:

(i)		 	may	be	in	hard	copy	form	or	in	 

electronic	form;

(ii)		 	must	identify	the	resolution	or	the	matter	 
of	business	of	which	notice	is	to	be	
given	by	either	setting	it	out	in	full	or,	if	
supporting	a	resolution/matter	of	business	
sent	by	another	member,	clearly	identifying	
the	resolution/matter	of	business	which	is	
being	supported;

(c)		 	the	statement	may	be	dealt	with	as	part	of	

(iii)			in	the	case	of	a	resolution,	must	be	

the	business	of	the	AGM.

The	request:

(d)	 	may	be	in	hard	copy	form	or	in	electronic	
form	and	must	be	authenticated	by	the	
person	or	persons	making	it	(see	note	
19(d)	and	(e)	below);

(e)		 	should	either	set	out	the	statement	in	
full	or,	if	supporting	a	statement	sent	
by	another	member,	clearly	identify	the	
statement	which	is	being	supported;	and

accompanied	by	a	statement	setting	out	
the	grounds	for	the	request;

(iv)			must	be	authenticated	by	the	person	or	

persons	making	it;	and

(v)		 	must	be	received	by	the	Company	not	later	
than	six	weeks	before	the	date	of	the	AGM;

(d)		 	in	the	case	of	a	request	made	in	hard	copy	

form,	such	request	must	be:

(i)		 	signed	by	you	and	state	your	full	name	and	

address;	and

(f)		 	must	be	received	by	the	Company	at	least	

(ii)		 sent	either:	by	post	to	

one	week	before	the	AGM.

Members’ qualification criteria

18.			In	order	to	be	able	to	exercise	the	members’	
rights	set	out	in	notes	15	to	17	above	the	
relevant	request	must	be	made	by:

(a)		 	a	member	or	members	having	a	right	to	

vote	at	the	AGM	and	holding	at	least	5%	of	
total	voting	rights	of	the	Company;	or

(b)		 	at	least	100	members	having	a	right	to	vote	
at	the	AGM	and	holding,	on	average,	at	
least	£100	of	paid	up	share	capital.

Company	Secretary,	
Future	plc,	
Quay	House,	
The	Ambury,	
Bath	BA1	1UA;	

or	by	fax	to	+44(0)1225	732266

	marked	for	the	attention	of	the	Company	
Secretary;	and

(e)		 	in	the	case	of	a	request	made	in	electronic	

form,	such	request	must:

(i)		 	state	your	full	name	and	address;	and

(ii)		 	be	sent	to	cosec@futurenet.com.	

	Please	state	‘AGM’	in	the	subject	line	of	the	
email.	You	may	not	use	this	electronic	address	
to	communicate	with	the	Company	for	any	
other	purpose.

Future plc 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
Investor information

For enquiries of a general nature regarding the Company and 
for investor relations enquiries please contact Penny Ladkin-
Brand at the Company’s Registered Office, or visit  
www.futureplc.com and select the investor relations section.

Registrar and transfer office

The	Company’s	share	register	is	maintained	by:

Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC
The	Pavilions
Bridgwater	Road
Bristol	 BS13	8AE
Tel:	+44	(0)370	707	1443

Shareholders	should	contact	the	Registrar,	Computershare,	in	connection	with	changes	
of	address,	lost	share	certificates,	transfers	of	shares	and	bank	mandate	forms	to	enable	
automated	payment	of	dividends.

Online information – www.investorcentre.co.uk

Our	Registrar,	Computershare,	has	a	service	to	provide	shareholders	with	online	internet	access	
to	details	of	their	shareholdings.	

The	service	is	free,	secure	and	easy	to	use.	 
To	register	for	the	service,	go	to	
www.investorcentre.co.uk

Unsolicited mail

The	share	register	is	by	law	a	public	document.	To	limit	the	receipt	of	mail	from	other	
organisations,	please	register	with	the	Mailing	Preference	Service,	by	visiting	
www.mpsonline.org.uk/mpsr/

Warning to shareholders – ‘boiler room’ scams

In	recent	years,	many	companies	have	become	aware	that	their	shareholders	have	received	
unsolicited	phone	calls	or	correspondence	concerning	investment	matters.	These	are	typically	
from	overseas-based	‘brokers’	who	target	UK	shareholders,	offering	to	sell	them	what	often	turn	
out	to	be	worthless	or	high-risk	shares	in	US	or	UK	investments.	These	operations	are	commonly	
known	as	‘boiler	rooms’.	These	‘brokers’	can	be	very	persistent	and	extremely	persuasive.

It	is	not	just	the	novice	investor	that	has	been	duped	in	this	way;	many	of	the	victims	had	been	
successfully	investing	for	several	years.	Shareholders	are	advised	to	be	very	wary	of	any	unsolicited	
advice,	offers	to	buy	shares	at	a	discount	or	offers	of	free	company	reports.	If	you	receive	any	
unsolicited	investment	advice:

•	

	Make	sure	you	get	the	correct	name	of	the	person	and	organisation

	Check	that	they	are	properly	authorised	by	the	FCA	before	getting	involved	by	visiting	

•	
  www.fca.org.uk/register

•	

	Report	the	matter	to	the	FCA	either	by	calling	0800 111 6768 or	by	completing	the	fraud	
reporting	form	on	the	FCA	website	at:	www.fca.org.uk/consumers/scams/investment-
scams/share-fraud-and-boiler-room-scams/reporting-form

•	

If	the	calls	persist,	hang	up.

If	you	deal	with	an	unauthorised	firm,	you	will	not	be	eligible	to	receive	payment	under	the	
Financial	Services	Compensation	Scheme.	

Details	of	any	share	dealing	facilities	that	the	Company	endorses	will	be	included	in	company	mailings.

More	detailed	information	on	this	or	similar	activity	can	be	found	at	 
www.moneyadviceservice.org.uk

92

i

Registered office

Future	plc
Quay	House
The	Ambury
Bath	BA1	1UA

Tel	+44	(0)1225	442244

www.futureplc.com/invest-in-future

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Annual Report and Accounts 2017Financial Statements 
 
93

Future plc

Directors and advisers

Directors

Advisers

Peter Allen 
Chairman	(until	1	February	2018)

Richard Huntingford
Chairman	(with	effect	from	1	February	2018)

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP
Chartered	accountants	and	statutory	auditors
2	Glass	Wharf
Bristol	BS2	0FR	

James Hanbury
Deputy	Chairman

Zillah Byng-Thorne
Chief	Executive

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief	Financial	Officer	
and	Company	Secretary

Hugo Drayton
Independent	non-executive	Director	

Brokers
Numis	Securities	Ltd
10	Paternoster	Square
London	EC4M	7LT

N+1	Singer
1	Bartholomew	Lane
London	EC2N	2AX

Principal bankers
HSBC	Bank	plc
8	Canada	Square
London	E14	5HQ

Offices

Registered office
Future	plc
Quay	House
The	Ambury
Bath	BA1	1UA
Tel	+44	(0)1225	442244

London office
1-10	Praed	Mews
London	 W2	1QY
Tel	+44	(0)20	7042	4000

www.futureplc.com

Company	registration	number	3757874
Registered	in	England	and	Wales

Solicitors
Simmons	and	Simmons	LLP
1	Linear	Park
Avon	Street
Temple	Quay
Bristol	BS2	OPS

Registrar 
Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC
The	Pavilions
Bridgwater	Road
Bristol	 BS13	8AE	

Financial calendar

Announcement of  
annual results 
24	November	2017

Annual General Meeting
5	February	2018

Half-year end
31	March	2018

Announcement of  
interim results
May	2018

Financial year-end
30	September	2018

	
Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2017

94

Contacts 

Future plc and  
Future Publishing Ltd
Registered office
Quay	House
The	Ambury
Bath	BA1	1UA

Tel	+44	(0)1225	442244

Future US, Inc.
1390	Market	Street
Suite	200
San	Francisco
CA	94102
USA

Tel	+1	650	238	2400

www.futureplc.com

London office
1-10	Praed	Mews
London	 W2	1QY

Tel	+44	(0)20	7042	4000

Bournemouth office
Richmond	House
33	Richmond	Hill
Bournemouth	BH2	6EZ

Bromsgrove office
Sugar	Brook	Court
2	Aston	Road
Bromsgrove	B60	3EX

Future Publishing 
(Overseas) Ltd
Suite	3,	Level	10
100	Walker	Street
North	Sydney
NSW 2060
Australia

Tel	+61	2	9955	2677

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s